2013 rogue owner’s manual

Black plate (3,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-2C8F8855-48D9-450E-9DBD-72BB250FC3EB

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

In addition to factory installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed by NISSAN or by yourNISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is importantthat you familiarize yourself with all disclosures,warnings, cautions and instructions concerningproper use of such accessories prior to operat-ing the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSANdealer for details concerning the particular

accessories with which your vehicle isequipped.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, we will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYS35-D-110201-B218D0A8-57A0-41E1-A4DD-B79D22675806

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’sManual carefully. This will ensure familiarity withcontrols and maintenance requirements, assist-ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actions that

could distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seatedin the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVINGThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity. As with other vehicles with fea-tures of this type, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure to read“On-pavement and off-road driving pre-cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-over” and “Driving safety precautions” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

Foreword

Black plate (4,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification may not be coveredunder NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALS35-D-110201-41CBDCB4-5922-422C-A89A-4A85949C893D

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

S35-D-110201-B6107263-0162-499E-BBDC-7A3AA04EA482

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed care-fully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do notdo this” or “Do not let this happen”.

NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to those above in anillustration, it means the arrow points to the frontof the vehicle.

NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove indicate movement or action.

NOS1276

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those

Black plate (5,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

above call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

S35-D-110201-5162FF38-51AA-4296-B991-BA8FEE3F93CA

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

S35-D-110201-20F77A4E-7DE2-4265-993D-651056B34FCB

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling mayapply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/

hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc., andlicensed to Visteon Corporation.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio requiressubscription, sold separately.Not available in Alaska, Hawaii orGuam. For more information, visitwww.siriusxm.com.

*C 2012 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,Ltd.

Black plate (6,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

GUID-FAF59CA8-D831-4D51-9C86-8BABA427B71A

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department usingour toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

. Your name, address, and telephone number

. Vehicle identification number (attached tothe top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your NISSAN dealer’s name

. Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN andthank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CAREPROGRAM

Black plate (2,1)

Black plate (1,1)

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phoneand voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Black plate (2,1)

Black plate (7,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ............................................................................... 0-2Exterior front .................................................................................. 0-3Exterior rear ................................................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment ............................................................ 0-5

Instrument panel .......................................................................... 0-6Meters and gauges ..................................................................... 0-8Engine compartment .................................................................. 0-9

QR25DE engine ................................................................... 0-9Warning and indicator lights ................................................. 0-10

Black plate (8,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

S35-D-110201-0600BAC4-D762-43D4-AC45-17AA1784F842

SSI0348

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (Page 1-39)

2. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bags (P.1-39)

3. Seat belts (P.1-10)

4. Head restraints (P.1-6)

— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-9)

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bags (P.1-39)

6. Rear center seat belt (P.1-16)

7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

— Advanced air bag system (P.1-45)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)

9. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-51)

10. Rear seats (P.1-6)

— Child restraints (P.1-22)

11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) System (P.1-24)

12. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strapchild restraint) (P.1-36)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

Black plate (9,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-EC0978FC-F07A-49EA-9574-1FE5707C4FA0

JVC0165X

1. Front view camera* (P.4-13)

2. Hood (P.3-19)

3. Headlight and turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-30)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

4. Windshield wiper and washer


— Blade replacement (P.8-17)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

5. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-44)

6. Moonroof* (P.2-47)

7. Outside mirrors (P.3-25)

— Side view camera* (P.4-13)

8. Power windows (P.2-45)

9. Recovery hook (P.6-14)

10. License plate installation (P.9-11)

11. Fog lights*



12. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-2)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

(P.2-11, P.5-3)

13. Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)

— Door locks (P.3-4)

— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)

— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)

— Security system (P.2-25)

14. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-6)

*: if so equipped

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT

Black plate (10,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-A327354A-0E76-48C0-B44E-12F48CC4E9C8

SSI0762

1. Lift gate (P.3-20)

— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)

2. Rear view camera* (P.4-9)

3. Rear window wiper and washer


— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

4. Rear window defroster (P.2-30)

5. High-mounted stop light


6. Antenna (P.4-68)

— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-30)

7. Sonar sensors*

— Sonar system* (P.5-22)

8. Back-up light


9. Rear combination light


10. Fuel-filler door

— Operation (P.3-21)

— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR REAR

Black plate (11,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-D17BF6FB-2377-4353-8AA4-6003C390EDA9

SSI0351

1. Cargo cover* (P.2-41)

2. Coat hooks (P.2-43)

3. Ceiling light (P.2-50)

4. Door armrest

— Power window switch (P.2-45)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-5)

5. Sun visors (P.3-24)

6. Moonroof* (P.2-47)

7. Front map lights (P.2-49)

8. Sunglasses holder (P.2-39)

9. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-24)

— Anti-glare adjustment* (P.3-25)

10. Cargo area

— Storages (P.2-41)

— Luggage hooks (P.2-42)

— Cargo light (P.2-51)

— Spare tire (P.6-4)

11. Rear cup holders (P.2-38)

12. Console box (P.2-40)

— Power outlet* (P.2-37)

— iPod® or USB outlet connector* (P.4-47)

13. Front cup holders (P.2-38)

*: if so equipped


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Black plate (12,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-8C8F180E-0520-4D0C-9AA2-07D387D3F374

JVC0173X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-23)

2. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch

(P.2-30)

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*

— Audio control* (P.4-67)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-trol* (P.4-69)

4. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-35)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-39)

— Electric power steering system (P.5-27)

5. Meters and gauges (P.2-4)

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches (P.5-19)

7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-28)

8. Center ventilator (P.4-23)

9. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

10. Audio system (P.4-30)/Navigation system**

— Clock (P.4-6, P.4-43, P.4-52)

— Rear view monitor* (P.4-9)

— Around viewTM monitor* (P.4-13)

11. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-39)

12. Outside remote mirror control switch (P.3-25)

13. Headlight aiming control* (P.2-33)

14. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch* (P.5-23)

15. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)

16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch

(P.2-36, P.5-29)

17. Hood release handle (P.3-19)

18. Tilting steering wheel lever (P.3-23)

19. Parking brake (P.5-19)

20. Ignition switch (P.5-10)

21. Heated seat switch* (P.2-35)

22. “Camera” Around viewTM monitor displayswitch* (P.4-13)

23. Sport mode switch (P.5-16)

24. Power outlet (P.2-37)

25. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-24)

26. Selector lever (P.5-14)

27. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-46)

28. Rear window and outside mirror* defrosterswitch (P.2-30)

29. Glove box (P.2-40)

*: if so equipped

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Black plate (13,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

**: See a separate Navigation System Owner’sManual (if so equipped)


Black plate (14,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-BA7643A9-5590-4C58-9A41-1AA8C68ABF1F

JVC0301X

1. Tachometer (P.2-5)

2. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-8)

3. Vehicle information display (P.2-16)

4. Speedometer (P.2-4)

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-6)

6. switch (twin trip odometer control andbrightness control) (P.2-5, P.2-7)

7. switch (settings control and trip computercontrol) (P.2-16)

8. Fuel gauge (P.2-6)

METERS AND GAUGES

Black plate (15,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-9403BD0A-8FC0-4429-95F9-7EE0FBDAD869

SDI2127

QR25DE ENGINES35-D-110201-F5728C95-8AB7-4D3F-9C26-000F8895595E

1. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9)

2. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-11)

3. Air cleaner (P.8-16)

4. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)

5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

6. Engine drive belt location (P.8-15)

7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-9)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)

— Vehicle overheat (P.6-11)

9. Battery (P.8-13)

— Jump starting (P.6-9)

10. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-19)


ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Black plate (16,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GUID-65B13399-03E2-4AC9-B527-1CEEE81B9182

Warninglight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)*

2-9

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

2-9

Brake warning light 2-10

Charge warning light 2-10

Electric power steering warninglight

2-10

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-11

Low fuel warning light 2-11

Low tire pressure warning light 2-11

Master warning light 2-12

Seat belt warning light 2-12

Supplemental air bag warninglight

2-13

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

2-13

Indicatorlight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)*

2-13

Exterior light indicator 2-13

Front passenger air bag statuslight

2-14

High beam indicator light 2-14

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-14

Overdrive off indicator light 2-15

Security indicator light 2-15

SPORT mode indicator light 2-15

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-15

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-15

*: if so equipped

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Black plate (17,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ............................................................................................... 1-2Front seats ............................................................................... 1-3Rear seats ................................................................................ 1-6Head restraints ....................................................................... 1-6

Seat belts .................................................................................... 1-10Precautions on seat belt usage ....................................... 1-10Pregnant women ................................................................. 1-13Injured persons .................................................................... 1-13Three-point type seat belt ................................................. 1-13Seat belt extenders ............................................................. 1-19Seat belt maintenance ....................................................... 1-19

Child safety ................................................................................. 1-20Infants ..................................................................................... 1-21Small children ....................................................................... 1-21Larger children ..................................................................... 1-21

Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-22Precautions on child restraints ........................................ 1-22Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH) ................................................................. 1-24

Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ...................................................................... 1-26Rear-facing child restraint installation using theseat belts ............................................................................. 1-28Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ...................................................................... 1-31Forward-facing child restraint installation using theseat belts ............................................................................. 1-32Installing top tether strap ................................................ 1-36Booster seats ..................................................................... 1-36

Supplemental Restraint System ........................................... 1-39Precautions on Supplemental Restraint System ........ 1-39NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) ........................................................................ 1-45Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag systems ........................ 1-49Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ................ 1-51Supplemental air bag warning labels .......................... 1-52Supplemental air bag warning light ............................. 1-52Repair and replacement procedure ............................. 1-53

Black plate (18,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

S35-D-110201-E7A0F37F-C118-45BC-AF57-B050BFBD9D51

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seatproperly. See “Precautions on seatbelt usage” later in this section.

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injuredis increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or da-mages.

SEATS

Black plate (19,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0792

FRONT SEATSS35-D-110201-0B2F8171-4FBB-4017-8E6D-A2ADBA98B68B

Front manual seat adjustmentS35-D-110201-39869990-85F6-41BF-8D6F-13366F5484E7

Forward and backward:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull the lever*1 up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the lever to lock the seat inposition.

Reclining:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To recline the seatback, pull the lever*2 up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward, pullthe lever up and lean your body forward. Releasethe lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”later in this section.) Also, the seatback can bereclined to allow occupants to rest when thevehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P(Park) position with the parking brake fullyapplied.

SSS0793

Seat lifter (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired positionis achieved.

Front power seat adjustmentS35-D-110201-E3D911AF-69FD-43AC-9099-E36EA61A5234

Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The seat motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait for a while, then reactivatethe switch.

. Do not operate the power seat for a longperiod of time when the engine is off. Thiswill discharge the battery.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Black plate (20,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS1051

Forward and backward:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Moving the switch*1 forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Move the recline switch*2 backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch*2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”later in this section.) Also, the seatback can bereclined to allow occupants to rest when the

vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P(Park) position with the parking brake fullyapplied.

SSS1052

Seat lifter (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull up or push down the adjusting switch toadjust the height of the seat.

Black plate (21,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS1053

Lumbar support (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Push the front or back end of the switch toadjust the seat lumbar area.

SSS0796

Folding front passenger’s seat (if soequipped)

S35-D-110201-C19042A4-37EC-4F5E-A2F3-CC2DCE9D4829

The front passenger’s seatback can be foldeddown. Some long objects may be loaded in thevehicle when the rear seats are also foldeddown. (See “Rear seats” later in this section forfolding rear seats.)

To fold the front passenger’s seatback, pull thereclining lever all the way*1 .

When returning the front passenger’s seatbackto a seating position, lift it up to an uprightposition. Pull the reclining lever and lean theseatback to a proper seating position. (See“Front manual seat adjustment” earlier in this

section.)

WARNING

. If you fold the front passenger’sseatback down to carry longer ob-jects, be sure this cargo is properlysecured and not near an air bag. In acrash, an inflating air bag mightforce that object toward a person.This could cause severe injury oreven death. Secure objects awayfrom the area in which an air bagwould inflate. See “Precautions onSupplemental Restraint System” la-ter in this section.

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the front passen-ger’s seat when it is in the fold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers could result in ser-ious injury in an accident or suddenstop.


Black plate (22,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0797

REAR SEATSS35-D-110201-F1069FCA-D94F-46E4-9FA4-8088C2EFB096

FoldingS35-D-110201-F3098F1C-3843-46A3-9934-E20A6D0E0E98

Before folding the rear seats:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hookson the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks” laterin this section.)

. Release the connector tongue of the rearcenter seat belt from the buckle, and storethe connector and seat belt tongues into theretractor base on the ceiling. (See “Rearcenter seat belt” later in this section.)

. If necessary, move the front seats forward toprovide enough clearance so that the rearseats can be folded down completely.

To fold down the seatback of each rear seat, pullthe adjusting knob*A .

To return the seatback to the seating position, liftup each seatback and push it to the uprightposition until it is latched.

WARNING

. Do not use the rear seat belts whenthe buckles are stowed in the seatpockets. Failure to do so may re-duce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

. Do not fold down the rear seatswhen occupants are in the rear seatarea or any objects are on the rearseats.

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seatswhen they are in the fold-downposition. Use of these areas bypassengers without proper re-straints could result in serious injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it from

sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

HEAD RESTRAINTSS35-D-110201-8707514E-311A-4F34-AD80-2FBAE21FA9C7

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the othervehicle safety systems. They may pro-vide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjust thehead restraints properly, as specified inthis section. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraintstalks or remove the head restraint. Donot use the seat if the head restrainthas been removed. If the head restraintwas removed, install and properly ad-just the head restraint before an occu-

Black plate (23,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

pant uses the seating position. Failureto follow these instructions can reducethe effectiveness of the head restraints.This may increase the risk of seriousinjury or death in a collision.

SSS1019

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints. The head re-straints are adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.

SSS0992

ComponentsGUID-DDD8B264-2306-4776-B3E1-9A8CEBB2AF8D

1. Head restraint

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks


Black plate (24,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0997

AdjustmentS35-D-110201-805BC978-8292-4E16-AEC0-DF1F8262FAB3

Adjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down.

Black plate (25,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0995

RemovalGUID-C561A9AF-CBB2-4542-89D6-BD973A7B3031

Use the following procedure to remove theadjustable head restraints.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highestposition.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Install and properly adjust the head restraintbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

SSS0996

InstallGUID-6FFAC965-3169-4B2F-AEA8-863C33C198E2

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holesin the seat. Make sure that the head restraintis facing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob*2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.

SSS0508

Front-seat Active Head RestraintsGUID-807E7618-FD6F-421A-A613-6003E38F8273

The Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision. Themovement of the head restraint helps supportthe occupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it is saidthat whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original position.


Black plate (26,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly asdescribed earlier in this section.

S35-D-110201-AC80E8BC-300A-4AA0-B891-3F74F65091FC

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

S35-D-110201-EF0341D0-1574-4F9D-8E0C-2681E0EC6E69

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SEAT BELTS

Black plate (27,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0136

SSS0134

SSS0016

SSS0014


Black plate (28,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat and,if appropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt isnot worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never put the belt behindyour back, under your arm or acrossyour neck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an acci-dent.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may in-dicate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, donot modify the seat belt, add mate-rial, or install devices that maychange the seat belt routing ortension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with theseat belt system may result inserious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt with pretensionerhas activated, it cannot be reusedand must be replaced together withthe retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a NISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision wasminor and the belts show no da-mage and continue to operate prop-erly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement re-commendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are

Black plate (29,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

damaged.

PREGNANT WOMENS35-D-110201-2A5432EA-9682-462A-BBA2-91F344E24C4C

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist. Placethe shoulder belt over your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt overyour abdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSS35-D-110201-6EA4B080-DF25-4064-9479-6435EFE1B055

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts, depending on the injury. Check withyour doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS35-D-110201-EE5B8B35-634E-4A7E-8C28-8020915E39DA

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other serious

injuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly.

. Do not allow children to play withthe seat belts. Most seating posi-tions are equipped with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode seatbelts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck withthe ALR mode activated, the childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seatbelt to release the child. For thecenter of the rear seat, the connec-tor tongue may also be released.Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool (such as akey) into the connector buckle A. Ifthe seat belt can not be unbuckledor is already unbuckled, release thechild by cutting the seat belt with a

suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Fastening the seat beltsS35-D-110201-DE724EE3-6830-4B45-BDB6-208527FD1AE3

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in thissection.)


Black plate (30,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0292

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Thensmoothly pull the belt out of theretractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract toallow the driver and passengers some freedom

of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seatbelt when the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt forchild restraint installation.

When ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, see “Child restraints” later in thissection.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

Black plate (31,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsS35-D-110201-11A952B5-692A-47B8-966D-B4A69BA2A046

To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationS35-D-110201-FDCB1C8F-6FB1-42E1-A49D-FC53E5629F4C

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

Check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any question about seat beltoperation, see a NISSAN dealer.

SSS0351A

Shoulder belt height adjustmentGUID-D8387696-338B-4786-A52E-9891FB597B2C

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in thissection.)

To adjust, pull the adjustment button *1 , andthen move the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position *2 , so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but not fallingoff of your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.


Black plate (32,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


WARNING

. After adjustment, release the ad-justment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and downto make sure it is securely fixed inposition.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SSS0798

Seat belt hooksS35-D-110201-89C01315-89B4-4608-B0A9-9E385C8C5405

When the rear seat belts are not in use andwhen folding down the rear seats, hook the rearouter seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SSS0391

Rear center seat beltS35-D-110201-1849A6AA-6297-47D0-B281-8CF75EFC9D96

The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue*1 and a seat belt tongue *2 . Both theconnector tongue and the seat belt tongue mustbe securely latched for proper seat belt opera-tion.

Black plate (33,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0241

WARNING

. Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

. Always make sure both the connec-tor tongue and the seat belt tongueare secured when using the seatbelt or installing a child restraint. Donot use the seat belt or childrestraint with only the seat belttongue attached. This could resultin serious personal injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop.

SSS0703

The center seat belt buckle and the tongue areidentified by the CENTER mark. The center seatbelt tongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

SSS0799


Black plate (34,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Stowing rear center seat belt:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When folding down the rear seat, the rear centerseat belt can be retracted into a stowed positionas follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue*1 so that theseat belt does not retract suddenly when thetongue is released from the connectorbuckle. Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool such as key*A intothe connector buckle.

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractorbase first*2 .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into theretractor base*3 .

WARNING

. Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rearcenter seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured

in the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SSS0800

Black plate (35,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Attaching rear center seat belt:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckle areattached. Disconnect only when folding downthe rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from theretractor base*1 .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base*2 .

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connectorbuckle until it clicks*3 .

The center seat belt connector tongue can beattached only into the rear center seat beltconnector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seatbelts” earlier in this section.

WARNING

. Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rear

center seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not securedin the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSGUID-EE8D5105-6862-4626-B3E3-5740C9C87D87

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender that is compatible withthe installed seat belts is available that can bepurchased. The extender adds approximately 8in (200 mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating position.See a NISSAN dealer for assistance withpurchasing an extender if an extender isrequired.

WARNING

. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCES35-D-110201-C896C95E-BD55-4C8D-B00A-8645F8B01CF9

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat belt


Black plate (36,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


assembly should be replaced.GUID-3CD18BAA-767F-4097-9C72-8CB7C220AB43

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If theseat belt becomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR mode acti-vated, the child can be seriously injuredor killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even ifthe vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seatbelt to release the child. For the centerof the rear seat, the connector tonguemay also be released. Release theconnector tongue by inserting a suita-ble tool (such as a key) into theconnector buckle A. If the seat beltcan not be unbuckled or is alreadyunbuckled, release the child by cuttingthe seat belt with a suitable tool (suchas a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available from

many other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing childrestraints are available for children who outgrowrear-facing child restraints and are at least 1year old. Booster seats are used to help positiona vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriate

CHILD SAFETY

Black plate (37,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See“Child restraints” later in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicleby using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor andTethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicleseat belt. See “Child restraints” later in thissection for more information.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental Restraint System”later in this section.

INFANTSGUID-8B512B1F-1773-4C0A-92B9-DD6E7BC59681

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraint

that fits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDRENGUID-1389650A-F101-451E-83E7-5ED25B7AA16D

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facingchild restraint as long as possible up to theheight or weight limit of the child restraint.Children who outgrow the height or weight limitof the rear-facing child restraint and are at least1 year old should be secured in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness. Refer to themanufacturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommendations.NISSAN recommends that small children beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENGUID-7E131263-864D-4FCD-962F-582BD50C1E9B

Children should remain in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness until they reach themaximum height or weight limit allowed by thechild restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weight limitof the harness-equipped forward-facing childrestraint, NISSAN recommends that the child be

placed in a commercially available booster seatto obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fitproperly, the booster seat should raise the childso that the shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder. The shoulder belt should not crossthe neck or face and should not fall off theshoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly acrossthe lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.

A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat belt.The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.Once the child has grown so the shoulder beltis no longer on or near the face and neck, andthe lap belt can be positioned properly acrossthe lower hips or upper thighs, use the seat beltwithout the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.


Black plate (38,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-8783AACE-BE38-452F-A948-0A1B4B4A3486

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

S35-D-110201-6ADBF799-13ED-4B1F-AF7C-AE2700F03C69

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Alwaysfollow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

— Infants and children shouldnever be held on anyone’s lap.Even the strongest adult cannotresist the forces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another pas-senger.

— NISSAN recommends that allchild restraints be installed inthe rear seat. Studies show thatchildren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than

in the front seat. If you mustinstall a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see“Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts”later in this section.

— Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill achild. A rear-facing child re-straint must only be used in therear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a childrestraint that will fit the childand vehicle. Some child re-straints may not fit properly inyour vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loadsfrom child restraints that areproperly fitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Black plate (39,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropri-ate child restraint while in thevehicle.

. When the child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with the LATCHsystem or a seat belt. In a suddenstop or collision, loose objects caninjure occupants or damage thevehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) system. Some child restraints include rigidor webbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to these anchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)” later in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and small children of various sizes. Whenselecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designated

anchor point on the vehicle.


Black plate (40,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0801

LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH)

GUID-3A1A4921-5C9C-4347-B791-C3094BCE2FD4

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint.

LATCH lower anchorGUID-33CE3731-1F03-443A-8CF6-CDDAB704C7C4

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position usingthe LATCH lower anchors. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the loweranchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions over theanchors such as seat belt webbingor seat cushion material. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly if the lower anchors are ob-structed.

SSS0637

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationGUID-DFC4FF9B-A8F5-4E6B-9100-8F238B533199

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear ofthe seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH anchors.

Black plate (41,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH loweranchor attachments

GUID-8BAB037C-5B6D-44DE-830B-55C33F68E811

LATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With thissystem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This information mayalso be in the instructions provided by the childrestraint manufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

The child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

Top tether anchorGUID-1BA2F8AC-9BB7-46D4-86BC-D20E15B6E4FA

WARNING

. If the cargo cover (if so equipped)contacts the top tether strap when itis attached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from the

vehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment location.If the cargo cover is not removed, itmay damage the top tether strapduring a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.

. Do not allow cargo to contact thetop tether strap when it is attachedto the top tether anchor. Properlysecure the cargo so it does notcontact the top tether strap. Cargothat is not properly secured or cargothat contacts the top tether strapmay damage the top tether strapduring a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.


Black plate (42,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0802

Top tether anchor point locationsGUID-88B0DA6B-48C8-4D43-823E-06537948B956

Anchor points are located on the floor behindthe outboard and center seating positions.

The child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing child restraints with the LATCHlower anchor attachments or seat belts.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult a NISSAN dealer for details.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING LATCH

GUID-BD4A4FCD-5DC0-4FEB-9820-BF55E3A4A411

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections beforeinstalling a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

Black plate (43,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

SSS0650


4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint or tryinstalling by using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.


Black plate (44,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

SSS0100

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

GUID-FE8F38A1-6CB8-4668-A5F7-CB4161B5AC06

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front passen-

ger air bag and status light” later in thissection.

Black plate (45,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0100


Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” earlier in this section and “Child re-straints” earlier in this section before installing achild restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rearseats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

SSS0654


2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

SSS0655


3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


Black plate (46,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0656


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0657


5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.

SSS0658


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

Black plate (47,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCH

GUID-485A2C23-22CE-47D8-A4B0-982AC225E511


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:


SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. See “Installing top tether strap” in thissection. Do not install child restraints thatrequire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have a toptether anchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable headrest and it is interfering withthe proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.


Black plate (48,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

SSS0638


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

GUID-921B92C8-992C-479E-B015-F19A421AFE89

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a childrestraint. Failure to use the ALRmode will result in the child re-straint not being properly secured.The restraint could tip over or beloose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light”later in this section.

. When installing a child restraintsystem in the rear center position,both the center seat belt connectortongue and buckle tongue must besecured. See “Rear center seat belt”earlier in this section.

Black plate (49,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. If the head restraint is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the child restraintis removed. See “Head restraints” earlier inthis section for head restraint adjustment,removal and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrest and itis interfering with the proper child restraintfit, try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

SSS0360B


3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only). See“Installing top tether strap” later in thissection. Do not install child restraints thatrequire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have a toptether anchor.


Black plate (50,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0651


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0652


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0653


6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

Black plate (51,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0641


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

SSS0803


10. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If this lightis not illuminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section. Movethe child restraint to another seatingposition. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.


Black plate (52,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0802

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAPGUID-59BD9773-D5FB-4A40-A629-230CF7E1F55D

First secure the child restraint with the LATCHsystem (rear outboard seating positions only) orthe seat belt as applicable.

1. Remove the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild seat.

2. Position the top tether strap over the top ofthe seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorbracket that provides the straightest instal-lation.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove any

slack.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult your NISSANdealer for details.

BOOSTER SEATSGUID-DF82A688-ABAA-4A5E-A557-514AABE84C41

Precautions on booster seatsGUID-BBFC5B7F-B068-435F-A96A-BBAEFEDF668E

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position that hasa lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

Black plate (53,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat *1 is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat*2 should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible withyour child. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.

Booster seat installationGUID-906FC462-164E-4FE3-BE05-FC9DE1AC4750

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode

when using a booster seat with theseat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats”sections earlier in this section before installing achild restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:


Black plate (54,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a forward-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct booster seatfit. If the head restraint is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the booster seat isremoved. See “Head restraints” earlier inthis section for head restraint adjustment,removal and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrest and itis interfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a different

booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in “Seat belts” earlier in this section.

Black plate (55,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0803

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, turn the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminatedepending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat used. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” later inthis section.

S35-D-110201-750013D3-4DA5-4F34-8644-D034C27A567C

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

S35-D-110201-64A33E9E-5442-4B86-8B34-1A52ADC3D902

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information concern-ing the following systems:

. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger in certainfrontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest and pelvisareas of the driver and front passenger in certainside impact collisions. The side air bags aredesigned to inflate on the side where the vehicleis impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force to the

head of occupants in front and rear outboardseating positions in certain side impact orrollover collisions. In a side impact, the curtainand rollover air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted. In arollover, the curtain and rollover air bags on bothsides are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain airbags will remain inflated for a short period oftime.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this sectionfor instructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.


SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

Black plate (56,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower se-verity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. Thefront air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position inany way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit

Black plate (57,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

back against the seatback and asfar-away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped withsensors that detect if the seat beltsare fastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags as needed.Failure to properly wear seat beltscan increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with an occupant classifi-cation sensor (pattern sensor) thatturns the front passenger air bagOFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in thissection.

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could in-

crease the risk that they are injuredif the front air bag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006


Black plate (58,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, sideair bags or curtain and rollover airbags inflate if they are not properlyrestrained. Pre-teens and childrenshould be properly restrained in therear seat, if possible.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child.See “Child restraints” earlier in thissection for details.

Black plate (59,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSS0059A

Do not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rollover supple-mental air bags:

. The side air bags and curtain androllover air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a frontalimpact, rear impact or lower severityside collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.


Black plate (60,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain and rollover air bags aremost effective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.The side air bag and curtain androllover air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the sideroof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rearoutboard seats to extend their handout of the window or lean againstthe door. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shownin the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.

SSS0804

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag modules

4. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag inflators

8. Lap outer pretensioners

9. Seat belt with pretensioners

10. Satellite sensors

11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

Black plate (61,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

GUID-BCBE423F-BE9E-45CC-9789-8C72FD21C176

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is designedto meet certification requirements under U.S.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel; thepassenger supplemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the instrument panel above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher severityfrontal impact. They may not inflate in certainfrontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper front air bagoperation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system monitorsinformation from the crash zone sensor, satellitesensor, Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat beltbuckle sensors and occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision and seat belt

usage for the driver. For the front passenger, theoccupant classification sensor is also monitored.Based on information from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash, depending onthe crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally,the front passenger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, dependingon the information provided by the occupantclassification sensor. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the air bag willbe off). (See “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” later in this section for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating does notindicate improper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. Ifyou are considering modification of your vehicledue to a disability, you may also contactNISSAN. Contact information is contained inthe front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicatea fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the headand chest of the front occupants. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. However,an inflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bags donot provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags will deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.


Black plate (62,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS0803

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status lightGUID-ACE53E41-9E7C-4048-9DF6-4D8DC09B7ACC

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats,seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury in

an accident.

Status light:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag status light islocated on the instrument panel below the airconditioner controls. After the ignition switch isplaced in the "ON" position, the front passengerair bag status light illuminates for about 7seconds and then turns off or illuminatesdepending on the front passenger seat occu-pied status. The light operates as follows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: The lightis OFF and the front passenger air bag isOFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The light illuminates to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is OFF andwill not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meets the conditions outlined in thissection: The light is OFF to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is opera-tional.

Front passenger air bag:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as described

below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflatein a crash. The driver air bag and other air bagsin your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to beautomatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passenger airbag OFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the type specified inthe regulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensor can detect it and cause theair bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thepassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however, if the occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), this could cause the

Black plate (63,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sureto be seated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properlyinstalled in a rear seat. If this is not possible, theoccupant classification sensor is designed tooperate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestraints and to use the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)may allow the restraint to tip or move in anaccident or sudden stop. This can also result inthe passenger air bag inflating in a crash insteadof being OFF. (See “Child restraints” earlier inthis section for proper use and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object being detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicle

occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occu-pied. The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illuminated(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is not sittingon the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or maynot be illuminated, depending on the size of thechild and the type of child restraint being used. Ifthe air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant ispositioned properly. If the air bag status light isnot illuminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is

OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The air bag system and passenger air bag statuslight will take a few seconds to register a changein the passenger seat status. However, if theseat becomes unoccupied, the air bag statuslight will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges area,will blink. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

GUID-387727EE-AF0A-4050-A289-3F91D1423535

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bag inflates.


Black plate (64,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seat thatwill leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damagethe seat or occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). This canaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensor. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental infla-tion of the supplemental air bag ordamage to the supplemental air bagsystem.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag sys-tem.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel andthe instrument panel assembly byplacing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For exam-ple, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim ma-terial, such as seat covers, on theseat that is not specifically designedto assure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any ob-jects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback.Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the occupant

classification sensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This mayaffect the front air bag system.Tampering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag system

Black plate (65,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

and guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

GUID-096A54D2-8C32-47BD-A15D-AE19A34FB303

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front seats. The curtain androllover air bags are located in the side roof rails.These systems are designed to meet voluntaryguidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain and rollover airbags are designed to inflate in higher severity

side collisions, although they may inflate if theforces in another type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact. They aredesigned to inflate on the side where the vehicleis impacted. They may not inflate in certain sidecollisions on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. Curtain and rollover air bags are alsodesigned to inflate in certain types of rollovercollisions or near rollovers.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain androllover air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire. Care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestand pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtainand rollover air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the front andrear outboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. However,side air bags and curtain and rollover air bagsmay cause abrasions or other injuries. Side airbags and curtain and rollover air bags do not


Black plate (66,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bags. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe occupants in the outboard seating positions.Because of this, the force of the side air bagsand curtain and rollover air bags inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, these air bag modulesduring inflation. In a rollover, the curtain androllover air bags on both sides are designed toinflate. Under both side-impact and rolloversituations, the curtain air bags will remaininflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags operate only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if a sideair bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain and rollover air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the side air bag and curtain androllover air bag systems. This is toprevent damage to or accidentalinflation of the side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operationof the side air bag and curtain androllover air bag systems.

. Tampering with the side air bagsystem may result in serious perso-nal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or byinstalling additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the sideair bag.

. Work around and on the side air bagand curtain and rollover air bagsystems should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side air bag and curtainand rollover supplemental air bagsystems.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

Black plate (67,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

GUID-6661B209-8D93-4FE3-95C3-B230E4D4CC5D

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by a NISSANdealer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This isto prevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners.Tampering with the pretensionersystem may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioner system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Un-authorized electrical test equipment

and probing devices should not beused on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct preten-sioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate NISSANService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personalinjury.

The pretensioner system may activate with thesupplemental air bag system in certain types ofcollisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, ithelps tighten the seat belt when the vehiclebecomes involved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the sameway as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thesmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to

reduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light isused to indicate malfunctions in the pretensionersystem. (See "SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT" in this section for moredetails.) If the supplemental air bag warning lightindicates there is a malfunction, have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.


Black plate (68,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SSS1020

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

GUID-37DF6A92-22A9-49A7-98CE-C6CDC2B970ED

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicleas shown in the illustration.

*1 SRS air bagGUID-CE62463F-AE26-46D9-BB1F-CAB75ADF2F27

The warning labels are located on the surface ofthe sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

GUID-10351182-5327-4A48-81C2-1CEB9FDA3F20

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag,front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag and seat beltpretensioner systems. The monitored circuitsinclude the air bag systems, pretensioners andall related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain and rollover air bag and preten-sioner systems may not operate properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. Take yourvehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and roll-over air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

Black plate (69,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDURE

S35-D-110201-893056AA-962B-4966-BF1A-CC8E22C7E775

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain androllover air bags and pretensioners are designedto activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-tal air bag warning light will remain illuminatedafter inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-ment of these systems should be done only by aNISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainand rollover air bags and pretensioners andrelated parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCK positionwhen working under the hood or inside thevehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain and rollover air bag hasinflated, the air bag module willnot function again and must bereplaced. Additionally, the activatedpretensioners must also be re-placed. The air bag module andpretensioner system should be re-

placed by a NISSAN dealer. The airbag modules and pretensioner sys-tem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems,and pretensioner system should beinspected by a NISSAN dealer ifthere is any damage to the frontend or side portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or pretensioner, orscrap the vehicle, contact a NISSANdealer. Correct supplemental airbag and pretensioner system dis-posal procedures are set forth in theappropriate NISSAN Service Man-ual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.


Black plate (70,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (71,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel ........................................................................... 2-3Meters and gauges ...................................................................... 2-4

Speedometer ........................................................................... 2-4Odometer/twin trip odometer ............................................. 2-5Tachometer .............................................................................. 2-5Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................... 2-6Fuel gauge ............................................................................... 2-6Instrument brightness control ............................................. 2-7

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders .................. 2-8Checking bulbs ....................................................................... 2-9Warning lights ......................................................................... 2-9Indicator lights ...................................................................... 2-13Audible reminders ............................................................... 2-15

Vehicle information display ..................................................... 2-16Outside air temperature ..................................................... 2-17Indicators for operation ...................................................... 2-18Indicators for maintenance ................................................ 2-21Trip computer ....................................................................... 2-21Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator ................................................................. 2-24

Security systems ....................................................................... 2-25Vehicle Security System .................................................... 2-25NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............................. 2-26

Windshield wiper and washer switch .................................. 2-28

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............................. 2-29Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch .......... 2-30Headlight and turn signal switch .......................................... 2-30

Xenon headlights (if so equipped) ............................... 2-30Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-32Turn signal switch ............................................................. 2-34Fog light switch (if so equipped) ................................. 2-34

Horn ............................................................................................. 2-35Heated seats (if so equipped) .............................................. 2-35Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch .................... 2-36Power outlet ............................................................................... 2-37Storage ....................................................................................... 2-38

Cup holders ........................................................................ 2-38Sunglasses holder ............................................................ 2-39Glove box ............................................................................ 2-40Console box ....................................................................... 2-40Luggage floor box (if so equipped) ............................. 2-41Luggage side box ............................................................. 2-41Cargo cover (if so equipped) ........................................ 2-41Luggage hooks (if so equipped) .................................. 2-42Coat hooks (if so equipped) .......................................... 2-43Utility hook .......................................................................... 2-43Roof rack (if so equipped) ............................................. 2-44

>

Black plate (72,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Windows ..................................................................................... 2-45Power windows ................................................................... 2-45

Moonroof (if so equipped) ...................................................... 2-47Automatic moonroof ........................................................... 2-47

Interior lights .............................................................................. 2-49Map lights ........................................................................... 2-49Ceiling light ......................................................................... 2-50

Vanity mirror lights (if so equipped) .................................... 2-51Cargo light ................................................................................. 2-51

Black plate (73,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-A7D4030A-2862-489B-A7AF-66159DF04F04

JVC0173X

1. Side ventilator

2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turnsignal switch

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) (ifso equipped)

— Audio control

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system con-

trol

4. Steering wheel

— Horn

— Driver supplemental air bag

5. Meters and gauges

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches

7. Wiper and washer switch

8. Center ventilator

9. Hazard warning flasher switch

10. Audio system/Navigation system (if soequipped)

— Clock

— Rear view monitor (if so equipped)

— Around viewTM monitor (if so equipped)

11. Front passenger supplemental air bag

12. Outside remote mirror control switch

13. Headlight aiming control (if so equipped)

14. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (if soequipped)

15. Fuse box cover

16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch

17. Hood release handle

18. Tilting steering wheel lever

19. Parking brake

20. Ignition switch

21. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

22. “Camera” Around viewTM monitor display switch(if so equipped)

23. Sport mode switch

24. Power outlet

25. Heater/air conditioner control

26. Selector lever

27. Front passenger air bag status light

28. Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch

29. Glove box

Instruments and controls 2-3

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Black plate (74,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

2-4 Instruments and controls

S35-D-110201-F221FA22-5C18-4A37-B124-E6F61E733E4B

JVC0301X

1. Tachometer

2. Warning/indicator lights

3. Vehicle information display

4. Speedometer

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6. switch (twin trip odometer control andbrightness control)

7. switch (settings control and trip computercontrol)

8. Fuel gauge

The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position. This is not a malfunction.

SIC4534

SPEEDOMETERS35-D-110201-C9945ABD-2549-458F-908F-CB27BD1CA5A3

SpeedometerS35-D-110201-60576567-9CF2-4129-A4A9-9B5C4699383D

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) or kilometers per hour(km/h).

METERS AND GAUGES

Black plate (75,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SIC4575

ODOMETER/TWIN TRIP ODOMETERS35-D-110201-2BE450E5-2630-467B-84F7-2D3A478E020E

The odometer and twin trip odometer aredisplayed on the vehicle information displaywhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

OdometerS35-D-110201-8DFDDE94-809B-4D2D-AA93-E378AFA980E9

The odometer*A records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

Twin trip odometerS35-D-110201-D6A1AD54-C687-4B93-91DA-22BF83CE3F84

The twin trip odometer*B records the distanceof 2 individual trips (TRIP A and TRIP B).

Changing the display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Briefly push the switch*C to change thedisplay as follows.

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push and hold the switch for approximately1 second to reset the selected trip (TRIP A orTRIP B).

SIC4535

TACHOMETERS35-D-110201-BB0955F7-0971-43A9-994F-8F7EC807ED65

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev theengine into the red zone*1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.


Black plate (76,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SIC4513

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

S35-D-110201-93431A36-1936-48DD-9179-7AC08AF28991

The gauge *A indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge is within the zone*B shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of the

normal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If the gauge isover the normal range, stop the vehicleas soon as safely possible. If the engineis overheated, continued operation ofthe vehicle may seriously damage theengine. See “If your vehicle overheats”in the “6. In case of emergency” sectionfor immediate action required.

SIC4511

FUEL GAUGES35-D-110201-1F9776FA-11AF-431D-8547-74A51ADB5779

The gauge*A indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters 0.

The low fuel warning light illuminates andlow fuel warning appears on the vehicleinformation display when the fuel tank is gettinglow. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the gauge reaches the empty(0) position. There is a small reserve of fuel in thetank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0)

Black plate (77,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

position.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL)

may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips,the light should turn off. If thelight remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected bya NISSAN dealer.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”later in this section.

SIC4596

SIC4508

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL

S35-D-110201-942D1E32-EA3F-452B-B723-C16268B42967

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the headlight switch is in the orposition.

Turn the control*A to adjust the brightness ofthe meter panel and the instrument panel lights.The brightness indicator *B will be shownbriefly in the vehicle information display whenthe control is turned.

When the brightness level reaches the maximumor minimum, a beep will sound.

When the brightness level reaches the minimum,the meter panel and the instrument panel lightswill be turned off.

After the ignition switch is turned to the OFFposition, the brightness indicator *B is dis-played for 30 seconds.


Black plate (78,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-B00B3ECC-8D3D-461F-9906-7A31121D4043

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels)*

Low fuel warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light

Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Brake warning lightSeat belt warning light Overdrive off indicator light

Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

Charge warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light SPORT mode indicator light

Electric power steering warning lightAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light(AWD models)*

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light Exterior light indicatorVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

*: if so equipped

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

Black plate (79,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

CHECKING BULBSS35-D-110201-509763A1-1CD5-4013-B64B-BA38C7221423

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand turn the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff (if so equipped):

, or , , , , ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played on the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer. (See“Vehicle information display” later in this sec-tion.)

WARNING LIGHTSS35-D-110201-B0BCAF7C-D090-4C01-8D57-DB3AE4D3CA95

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)

S35-D-110201-355E3C0A-32CD-480B-B487-AC5E7170D1C5

The light illuminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position. It turns off after theengine is started.

If the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system malfunc-tions, or the diameter of the front and the rearwheels are different, the warning light will eitherremain illuminated or blink. (See “All-WheelDrive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. If the AWD warning light blinkswhile driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice asecond):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. The drivingmode will change to 2WD to

prevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warninglight turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every2 seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Check thatall tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires arenot worn.

. If the warning light is still on afterthe above operations, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

S35-D-110201-1E759848-5414-4A25-BA81-86C4D2F42713

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This indicatesthe ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system then


Black plate (80,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


operates normally, but without anti-lock assis-tance. (See “Brake system” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.)

or Brake warning lightS35-D-110201-FAC4FDDE-38CB-4A48-8813-E0FC7230DB1A

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light illuminates when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight illuminates while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. (See “Brake fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Have thebrake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”earlier in this section.)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warning lightis on. Driving could be dangerous. Ifyou judge it to be safe, drive care-fully to the nearest service stationfor repairs. Otherwise, have yourvehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning lightS35-D-110201-B5291C9A-3089-486D-840B-2926E436A0BE

If the light illuminates while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, see aNISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Electric power steering warninglight

S35-D-110201-88542F69-8229-41AA-9C73-2BE953D6B595

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the electric power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the electricpower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the electric power steering system isoperational.

If the electric power steering warning lightilluminates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering system isnot functioning properly and may need servicing.Have the electric power steering systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

When the electric power steering warning light

Black plate (81,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

illuminates with the engine running, the powerassist to the steering will cease operation butyou will still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering efforts are required tooperate the steering wheel, especially in sharpturns and at low speeds.

See “Electric power steering system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

Engine oil pressure warning lightS35-D-110201-C80220D1-03E9-488E-BDF8-81593D799430

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or illuminates during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Low fuel warning lightS35-D-110201-883DEE8B-A008-4DC5-AE18-F92E410CAE65

This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0position.

There will be a small reserve of fuelremaining in the tank when the fuel gaugereaches E.

Low tire pressure warning lightGUID-2B04969B-D277-451A-A047-99EE83E91ECC

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

After the ignition switch is turned ON, this lightilluminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. ACHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appearsin the vehicle information display.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressure warning

light does not automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appearsfor a period of time each time the ignition switchis placed in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” later in this section, “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section and “Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

TPMS malfunction:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch isturned ON. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressure warninglight illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.


Black plate (82,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch turned ON, havethe vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light stays on after adjusting thetire pressure and driving over 16MPH (25 km/h), have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a

spare tire as soon as possible.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. Be sure to install the specified sizeof tires to the front and rear.

Master warning lightS35-D-110201-B0903750-6B3F-4490-9C34-E79202140256

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the master warning light illuminates if any of thefollowing are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display.

. Intelligent Key detection warning (if soequipped)

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning (if so equipped)

. Parking brake release warning

. Door open warning

. Lift gate open warning

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Check tire pressure warning

. Setting menu operation warning

. Intelligent Key system fault warning (if soequipped)

See “Vehicle information display” later in thissection.

Seat belt warning lightS35-D-110201-DFCBA132-B95A-44A5-9B3E-E0FBB8D293E7

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat beltis securely fastened.

Black plate (83,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat isoccupied. For about 5 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, the system doesnot activate the warning light for the frontpassenger.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sectionfor precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning lightGUID-0BCEC56A-5310-4561-AD7B-B9A0E3518B42

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill illuminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesupplemental front air bag and supplementalside air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systemsand/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing andyour vehicle must be taken to your nearestNISSAN dealer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot illuminate at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SupplementalRestraint Systems and/or the pretensioners maynot function properly.

For additional information, see “SupplementalRestraint System” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint system”section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and roll-over air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

GUID-A2AB8C35-82AD-4A90-9170-49ABF8331549

The light will blink when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system or the traction controlsystem is operating, thus alerting the driver thatthe vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The roadsurface may be slippery.

If the VDC warning light illuminates while theVDC system is on, this light alerts the driver tothe fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode isoperating, for example the VDC system may notbe functioning properly. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. If a malfunctionoccurs in the system, the VDC system functionwill be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable.For additional information, see “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

INDICATOR LIGHTSS35-D-110201-93D8A153-4B41-4643-9F4D-4E46D2B6B569

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)

S35-D-110201-FC7B00D5-9770-487E-BFC5-E6D3A121AAFB

This light illuminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, and turns off within 1second.

When selecting the LOCK mode while theengine is running, this light will illuminate. (See“All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Exterior light indicatorS35-D-110201-983C926F-208B-45A5-A6A7-8EE1E1B71861

This indicator illuminates when the headlightswitch is turned to the AUTO (if so equipped),

or position and the front parking lights,instrument panel lights, rear combination lights,license plate lights or headlights are on. Theindicator turns off when these lights are turned


Black plate (84,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


off.

Front passenger air bag status lightS35-D-110201-CE599749-7443-4418-9473-AB9574042550

The front passenger air bag status light will be litand the passenger front air bag will be OFFdepending on how the front passenger seat isbeing used.

For front passenger air bag status light opera-tion, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sectionof this manual.

High beam indicator lightS35-D-110201-07BD5427-AE0D-485E-80A5-812FA0319F8E

This light illuminates when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)S35-D-110201-F2AAEA88-0C31-456F-B0D1-06BE0BA285F5

If the malfunction indicator light illuminatessteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control and/orContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal-function.

The malfunction indicator light may also illumi-nate steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Checkto make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed andclosed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds when the engineis not running, it indicates that the vehicle is notready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-tion/Maintenance (I/M) test” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.)

Operation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The malfunction indicator light will illuminate inone of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light illuminated steady— An emission control system and/or CVTmalfunction has been detected. Check thefuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

— Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

— Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

— Avoid steep uphill grades.

— If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain illuminated.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemand/or CVT system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Black plate (85,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Overdrive off indicator lightS35-D-110201-DB3484E2-4E19-4E8D-8653-05337ABAC493

The overdrive off indicator light illuminates whenthe overdrive off mode is selected.

For additional information, see “ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Security indicator lightS35-D-110201-96187D83-25D7-49DD-B539-C22AB5E56EEC

The light blinks when the ignition switch is in theACC, OFF or LOCK position. This functionindicates the security system equipped on thevehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, this lightwill remain on while the ignition switch is in theON position. For additional information, see“Security systems” later in this section.

SPORT mode indicator lightGUID-A5B1431D-85F0-4BB0-8D0D-7C6EA87C77F8

The SPORT mode indicator light illuminateswhen the SPORT mode is turned “ON”.(See“Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionfor the use of the SPORT mode switch.)

Turn signals/hazard indicator lightsS35-D-110201-B4A3944F-23DC-4EA1-8175-E073999D4DFC

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

S35-D-110201-0A999065-0D3C-4D64-8EDF-469349E59659

The light comes on when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates that the VDC system and tractioncontrol system are not operating.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSS35-D-110201-EBE34375-E958-4BE7-B4B9-6966B8417588

Key reminder chimeS35-D-110201-AB668DF3-6A09-4AA0-AD8E-4FAC9B4D0267

The key reminder chime sounds if the driver’sside door is opened while the key is left in theignition switch and the ignition switch is in theACC, OFF or LOCK position. Remove the keyand take it with you when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeS35-D-110201-C3CB04AA-B814-4136-9596-954368CA7654

The light reminder chime will sound when thedriver side door is opened with the light switchin the or position, and the ignitionswitch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Brake pad wear warningS35-D-110201-1563C518-8031-4E59-8C17-F598AED67549

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Parking brake reminder chimeS35-D-110201-A0CEFDAA-E25A-4EB3-B94E-E27ED0243C7B

The parking brake reminder chime will sound ifthe vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop thevehicle and release the parking brake.

Seat belt warning chimeS35-D-110201-B111E09A-3135-472D-8E70-13DED4C26584

The seat belt warning chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

Intelligent Key door buzzer (if soequipped)

GUID-B22CE9E1-E8C5-48F1-98CA-8261AC0807CC

When the chime or buzzer sounds from insideand outside the vehicle, check for the following:

. The ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition.


Black plate (86,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. The intelligent Key is not left inside thevehicle.

. Doors are closed securely.

. The selector lever is in the P position.

When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check boththe vehicle and the Intelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.

S35-D-110201-F6A3583F-0558-48FA-ACF6-F3E6D55C756A

SIC4577

1. Outside temperature

2. Clock

3. Operation indicators and warnings

— Trip computer

— Cruise control

— Settings menu

— Intelligent Key operation*

4. Odometer

5. Twin trip odometer

6. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-tion indicator

7. switch (settings control and trip computercontrol)

8. switch (twin trip odometer control and

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

Black plate (87,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

brightness control)

*: if so equipped

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATUREGUID-C477B35D-0A78-4C16-94C3-0FFE06FBA2FA

The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or8C in the range of −58 to 1408F (−50 to 608C).

The outside air temperature mode includes lowtemperature warning features.

. When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition,

— If the outside temperature is below 258F(- 4 8C), the outside temperature displayflashes for 20 seconds, then stays onsteady.

— If the outside temperature is between 27and 378F(−3 and 38C), the outsidetemperature display flashes continuously.

. With the ignition switch in the ON position,or while driving,

— If the outside temperature drops below378F(38C), the outside temperature dis-play flashes continuously. In addition, thelow outside temperature warning indica-tor appears for 5 seconds, then turns off.

— If the outside temperature drops below258F(- 4 8C), the outside temperaturedisplay stays on steady. The low outsidetemperature warning indicator does notappear.

These warning features can be turned off in theTrip computer setting mode.(See “Trip compu-ter” later in this section.)

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may be affectedby road or engine heat, wind directions andother driving conditions. The display may differfrom the actual outside temperature or thetemperature displayed on various signs or bill-boards.

If the battery was disconnected, when it isreconnected and the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, 8F or 8C will flash for oneminute to check the outside temperature sensor.When the outside temperature sensor is opera-tional, the outside temperature will be displayed.If the outside temperature sensor is not opera-tional, the outside temperature will not bedisplayed.


Black plate (88,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


JVI0327X

INDICATORS FOR OPERATIONS35-D-110201-D16CF82D-E6FD-4988-A994-F13981E642DB

The design of the warnings and alerts may differdepending on the model.

1. Door open warningS35-D-110201-FF441106-E140-48E3-B3BE-A4AAF695F633

This warning appears if any of the doors areopen or not closed securely. The vehicle iconindicates which door is open on the display.

2. Lift gate open warningGUID-B53B583A-3509-4BC9-8451-D580CC438755

This warning appears if the lift gate is open ornot closed securely. When the switch ispushed, the lift gate open warning turns off.

3. Loose fuel cap warningGUID-8CF60297-DEF1-4C4B-A041-52FA79FC575D

This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap isnot tightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. (See “Fuel-filler cap” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

4. Check tire pressure warningGUID-16165B2A-7DD3-4D9B-95E2-5039AD576DFD

This warning appears when the low tire pressurewarning light in the meter illuminates and low tirepressure is detected. The warning appears eachtime the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition as long as the low tire pressure warninglight remains illuminated. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information label. The

Black plate (89,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

check tire pressure warning turns off after aperiod of time. (See “Low tire pressure warninglight” earlier in this section and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.)

5. Low washer fluid warning (if soequipped)

GUID-90E15ADB-F0B0-4D80-8356-99653A9D81D1

This light illuminates when the washer fluid is ata low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See“Window washer fluid” in the “8. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section.)

When the switch is pushed, the low washerfluid warning turns off (if so equipped).

6. SHIFT “P” warning (if so equipped)GUID-58C85533-5532-497D-A5F9-10BA63C390BB

This warning appears when the ignition switch isturned to stop the engine with the selector leverin any position except the P (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position or turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See“Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section.)

7. Parking brake release warningGUID-FD53AB45-3AC7-4816-8C9B-02CE195475FC

This warning appears when the vehicle speed isabove 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake isapplied.

8. Intelligent Key detection warning (if soequipped)

GUID-90F98116-CBBF-42F7-9888-C0FC896EBDE2

This warning appears in either of the followingconditions.

No key inside the vehicle:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the door is closedwith the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicleand the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Make sure that the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the ignition switch isturned from the LOCK position and the Intelli-gent Key cannot be recognized by the system.You cannot start the engine with an unregisteredkey. Use the registered Intelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section formore details.

9. Intelligent key battery discharge in-dicator (if so equipped)

GUID-CAFFE8FC-6DF5-4295-88C7-5F990638E820

This indicator appears when the Intelligent keybattery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery witha new one. (See “Battery replacement” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

10. Intelligent Key system fault warning(if so equipped)

GUID-A07A76FA-0B98-4D91-A83E-2BA58990F079

CAUTION

If the Intelligent Key system fault warn-ing comes on, it may indicate a systemmalfunction. Contact a NISSAN dealerfor repair.

For more information, see “Intelligent Keysystem” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.

11. Setting menu operation warningGUID-A8A654A3-3FED-4E7E-8D4D-5F2ADBF361F9

The warning appears when you try to operatethe setting menu while driving. The setting menucan only be entered when the vehicle isstationary.


Black plate (90,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


12. Low outside temperature warningGUID-FAB680DE-B0C2-402C-8E2B-4AFE508F4736

This warning appears if the outside temperaturedrops below 378F (38C) with the ignition switchin the ON position. The outside temperaturedisplay flashes at the same time. These warningfeatures can be turned off. (See “Trip computer”later in this section.)

13. Low fuel warningGUID-865D9FDA-A98A-4836-829E-6E8F45765521

This warning appears when the fuel level in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the empty (0) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (0) position.

14. Driver alertGUID-DBAABE18-07F0-45C6-8584-E84930538F2C

This warning appears when the previously settime for a break is reached. You can set the timefor up to 6 hours in the setting menu. (See “Tripcomputer” later in this section.)

15. Cruise control indicatorGUID-FCFF80D9-8140-4384-9DF4-A8C02BDBC40D

The cruise main switch indicator (CRUISE) isdisplayed when the cruise control main switch ispushed. When the main switch is pushed again,the CRUISE indicator disappears. When theCRUISE indicator is displayed, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

The cruise control set indicator (SET) isdisplayed while the vehicle speed is controlledby the cruise control system. If the SET indicatorblinks while the engine is running, it may indicatethat the cruise control system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

For more details, see “Cruise control” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

SIC4538

Black plate (91,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCES35-D-110201-800F6ACB-DB84-4028-98D1-DAACB7798F91

1. Service due indicatorS35-D-110201-CFD2A761-A4C9-4CF4-8BE3-496BCDE236AC

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for service due, for example, forengine oil and oil filter. You can set or reset thedistance for service due. (See “Trip computer”later in this section.) For scheduled maintenanceitems and intervals, see your NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide.

2. Tire replacement indicatorS35-D-110201-CE0B87AB-634A-4111-8740-7919E54C2B20

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for replacing tires. You can setor reset the distance for replacing tires. (See“Trip computer” later in this section.)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks. See“Changing wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion. Many factors including tire infla-tion, alignment, driving habits and roadconditions affect tire wear and whentires should be replaced. Setting thetire replacement indicator for a certaindriving distance does not mean your

tires will last that long. Use the tirereplacement indicator as a guide onlyand always perform regular tire checks.Failure to perform regular tire checks,including tire pressure checks couldresult in tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to acollision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

3. “OTHER” indicatorS35-D-110201-ED731025-DFE8-493E-8EAF-5AFA33B448D9

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for checking or replacingmaintenance items other than the engine oil, oilfilter and tires. Other maintenance items caninclude such things as air filter or tire rotation.You can set or reset the distance for checking orreplacing the items. (See “Trip computer” later inthis section.) For scheduled maintenance itemsand intervals, see your NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide.

SIC4551

TRIP COMPUTERS35-D-110201-032DC1AF-C190-4089-A120-1FC1894A1A57

To operate the trip computer, use the*Aswitch.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,modes of the trip computer can be selected bypushing the switch*A briefly.

Each time the switch *A is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Fuel Economy ? Average speed ? Drivingdistance? Elapsed time ? Range (distance toempty) (dte) ? Settings

. When the switch *A is pushed andheld for less than 3 seconds, the selecteditem can be reset except for “Range”,


Black plate (92,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


“Current fuel consumption” and “Settings”.

. When the switch *A is pushed andheld for more than 3 seconds, all the itemson the display can be reset except for“Current fuel consumption”, “Settings”,“Range” and “TRIP A”.

SIC4541

Example*

*: The display unit can be converted or variesdepending on the vehicle.

1. Fuel Economy (MPG, l/100 km)GUID-04DE4B00-08C2-4E32-8EE7-064FAA0F9373

The Fuel Economy mode shows the current andaverage fuel consumption.

Current fuel consumption:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The current fuel consumption mode shows thecurrent fuel consumption by a moving bar graph.

Black plate (93,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Average fuel consumption:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption by the value above thebar graph, the position of the diamond icon andthe value of ˘ since the last reset. Resetting theaverage fuel consumption is done by pushingand holding the switch*A for less than 3seconds.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 0.3 mile (500 m) after a reset, thedisplay shows “----”.

2. Average Speed (MPH or km/h)GUID-7DE3377E-B539-46C3-AD74-DFAA59FD557E

The Average Speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting isdone by pushing and holding the switch*Bfor less than 3 seconds.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Forthe first 30 seconds after a reset, the displayshows “----”.

3. Driving Distance (miles or km)GUID-F6FC5CCF-6C6F-4693-B932-ADF674431AA4

The Driving Distance mode shows the distancedriven since the last reset. The driving distancecan be reset by pushing and holding theswitch*A for less than 3 seconds.

4. Elapsed TimeS35-D-110201-39A88963-3DC3-4B35-9DF4-19A7D86695A0

The Elapsed Time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pushing and holding the switch*A forless than 3 seconds.

5. Range (distance to empty) (dte —miles or km)

GUID-BF637651-F7B6-4978-AC45-413FCB319447

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to “----”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch isturned to the “OFF” position may continue tobe displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves, thefuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-rily change the display.

SIC4542

6. SettingsS35-D-110201-46255287-1DE0-4853-A809-29D55EC182BE

Setting cannot be made while driving.

The switch*A is used to select and setthe item.

Turn the *A switch to select or adjust andpush to set.

Clock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Clock adjustment can be set on this menu.

. Set Clock

Adjust the time (hour and minute) of theclock.

. [On] or [Off]

Select this submenu to set the clock display


Black plate (94,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


On or Off.

. [24/12 Hr]

Select this submenu to set the 12h/24h timedisplay mode.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,select “BACK”.

The time display may be different from the oneon the audio display.

Units:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The units can be set for the following items onthis menu.

. Temperature

. Distance/Fuel


Maintenance:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The maintenance intervals of the following itemscan be set or reset for the reminders.

. SERVICE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for service due.

. TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset thedistance for items other than service or tires.


Alarms:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Alarms menu can be set to notify the followingitems.

. Driver alert

Select this submenu to set the driver alertperiod.

. Outside temp

Select this submenu to turn ON or OFF thelow outside temperature warning features.

For a description of the low outside tem-perature warning features when OutsideTemp is set to ON, see “Outside airtemperature” earlier in this section.

With Outside Temp set to OFF,

— The outside temperature display remainson steady at all outside temperatures anddoes not flash.

— The low outside temperature warningindicator does not appear.


Language:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the submenu to set the desired languageof the display.

Factory:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the submenu to reset the factory settingsof the display.

NOTE:

When resetting Factory, all previous set-tings made are changed to default.


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICATOR

S35-D-110201-9B42C689-272C-4B6A-B7AF-C4F2DC0E17F6

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator indicates the selector leverposition when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Black plate (95,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-36B2AB1C-293A-4BB8-A8C4-91B4FF80CB04

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMGUID-8079DDC3-AA50-4E4A-B8C9-47DC84E10A79

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if someone opens the doors,or lift gate when the system is armed. It is not,however, a motion detection type system thatactivates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interioror exterior vehicle components in all situations.Always secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,and always lock it when unattended. Be awareof your surroundings, and park in secure, well-litareas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identification markers,and tracking systems, are available at autosupply stores and specialty shops. YourNISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.Check with your insurance company to see ifyou may be eligible for discounts for varioustheft protection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle security systemGUID-7CAA9A5F-E69A-457E-AC80-696BDC017C66

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the key if it is inserted.

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doorscan be locked with:. the lock button on the keyfob or

Intelligent Key (if so equipped). any request switch (Intelligent Key

equipped model)


SECURITY SYSTEMS

Black plate (96,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. the power door lock switch

. the key — master or mechanical (Intelli-gent Key equipped model)

4. Confirm that the security indicator lightilluminates. The security indicator light stayson for about 30 seconds. The vehiclesecurity system is now pre-armed. Afterabout 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flashonce every approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch isturned to the ACC or ON position, thesystem will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors locked with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position. When turningthe ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activationGUID-E0994200-F9B0-476C-AF5D-4AFA2F5FF981

The vehicle security system will give the follow-ing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 50 seconds. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered

with again.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door without using the keyfob,the Intelligent Key (if so equipped) therequest switch (if so equipped) or the key.(Even if the door is opened by releasing thedoor inside lock knob, the alarm willactivate.)

How to stop an activated alarmGUID-22EF1D00-401F-445E-9D49-7B8AEBA716D0

The alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the unlock button on the keyfob orIntelligent Key, pushing the request switch orusing the key. The alarm will not stop if theignition switch is turned to the ACC or ONposition.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by aNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM

GUID-52296442-4547-4FA1-9662-0A05BE6E48F5

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredkey, it may be due to interference caused byanother registered key, an automated toll roaddevice or automated payment device on the keyring. Restart the engine using the followingprocedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the regis-tered key on a separate key ring to avoidinterference from other devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-IMMOBILISER)

Black plate (97,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

SIC2045

Security indicator lightGUID-B6969E9E-2AE7-4B89-9C71-367597E1FAA0

The security indicator light is located on themeter panel. It indicates the status of theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switch was inthe LOCK position. This function indicates thesecurity systems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see a NISSAN dealerfor NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

service as soon as possible. Please bringall registered keys that you have whenvisiting a NISSAN dealer for service.


Black plate (98,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-26603314-0067-49C3-8DC3-F795C77DB10D

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washer

reservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1minute, turn the switch on again to operatethe wiper.

SIC2821

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

*1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can beadjusted by turning the knob toward *A(Slower) or*B (Faster).

*2 Low — continuous low speed operation

*3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

Black plate (99,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-6287FDDC-DDC0-4614-BC2D-29AE6205258F

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rear windowglass and obscure your vision. Warmthe rear window with the defrosterbefore you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the

window washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice that ison and around the wiper arms. In approxi-mately 1 minute, turn the switch on againto operate the wiper.

SIC3480

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF positionto operate the wiper.

*1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (notadjustable)

*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward *3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.


REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

Black plate (100,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GUID-0D0E8587-930B-43B3-9368-B3B0F30F30EF

SIC3481

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engineand push the switch on. The indicator light*1will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn thedefroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

S35-D-110201-8104C934-B454-4845-BB26-5BCBF1F256AD

XENON HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-51586A62-6562-41E5-82FB-43C896A0EF46

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at aNISSAN dealer.

. Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to a NISSAN dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

. The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to turn

off the headlights for short intervals(for example, when the vehicle stops ata traffic signal).

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact a NISSANdealer.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH

Black plate (101,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SIC2412A

Autolight system (if so equipped)GUID-FA702B69-EFA2-45DC-8232-8507EB8E9B3F

The autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlightsautomatically when it is dark and turn off the

headlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is turned to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened and thiscondition is continued, the headlights remain onfor 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

You can keep the headlights on for up to 45seconds after you turn the ignition switch to OFFand open any door then close all the doors.

SAA1755

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor*1 located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.


Black plate (102,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SIC4565

Type A

SIC4566

Type B

HEADLIGHT SWITCHS35-D-110201-D3180DCA-291B-41E0-9575-59BFC897CD0C

LightingGUID-883639D7-CE21-42AD-BB55-8D5AA7204896

*1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front parking, side marker, tail, license plateand instrument lights will come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the other lightsremain on.

SIC3484

Headlight beam selectGUID-C74B6A43-085A-4AE9-8DC9-9FFF2FAB7C5C

*1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push the lever forwardwhile the switch is in the position. Pull itback to select the low beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam even when the headlightswitch is in the OFF position.

Black plate (103,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Battery saver systemGUID-C87E6811-F73E-43C4-B263-0CDDFD967519

. When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off within a period of time after theignition switch has been turned to the OFFposition.

. When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn on whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

SIC2275

Headlight aiming control (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-1FB40E63-F262-4574-B0B3-682A946243B6

Depending on the number of occupants in thevehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlightaxis may be higher than desired. If the vehicle istraveling on a hilly road, the headlights maydirectly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicleahead or the windshield of the oncomingvehicle. The light axis can be lowered with theoperation of the switch.

The larger the number designated on the switch,the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on a flatroad, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or thewindshield of oncoming vehicle, thedriver of these vehicles may havedifficulty driving because of the bright-ness. Use the headlight aiming controlswitch to lower the light axis. See“Xenon headlights” earlier in this sec-tion for additional information.

Daytime running light system (Canadaonly)

GUID-10297789-CB0E-4316-8D06-E96C4D5A3D58

The daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lightsoperate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition or in the position. Turn the head-light switch to the position for full illumina-tion when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignition


Black plate (104,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


switch is turned to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

SIC3488

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHS35-D-110201-D70B7BB9-0165-4793-8DD2-5117530A4F24

*1 Turn signalS35-D-110201-78EF5631-94EC-4BFA-B057-20F6E43845D5

Move the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

*2 Lane change signalS35-D-110201-706FD6E2-4F8D-4CE9-BE9D-F50571D2B390

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where lights begin flashing.

SIC3020

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-3A145094-902C-4624-8C4C-7BCAA5A6360C

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn the switchto the position. To turn them off, turn theswitch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.

When the headlight high-beam is selected, thefog lights turn off.

Black plate (105,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-6910BDF6-7620-4A3A-A2E3-EA42F9846A63

SIC3404

To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

S35-D-110201-0C36F960-D520-4B91-8EDB-7DE5A9B2422D

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inthose body parts in contact with theseat. Use of the seat heater by suchpeople could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result in

damage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.


HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

Black plate (106,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SIC3355

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center console canbe operated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

*1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side ofthe switch.

*2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side ofthe switch.

The indicator light in the switch *3 willilluminate when low or high is selected.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch tothe level position. Make sure the indicatorlight goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnoff the switch.

S35-D-110201-A6E4B20D-7614-4546-90DD-DBDB4900E03B

SSD1153

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. (See “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH

Black plate (107,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-C63091BC-C543-488A-8F3D-AFA12FC37391

SIC3492

Instrument panel

SIC3493

Center console (if so equipped)

The power outlet is located in the instrumentpanel and the center console (if so equipped).

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical acces-sory being used is turned OFF.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water or anyliquid to contact the outlet.


POWER OUTLET

Black plate (108,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-CF7976D3-F285-4050-AFD1-1371CF792F0B

CUP HOLDERSS35-D-110201-FD1D8479-5AEA-4CA7-8486-247F76618FF5

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC3494

Front

The flap*A will be folded down when insertinga large container.

To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it up asillustrated*1 .

SIC3495

Rear

To open the cup holder, pull the lid.

STORAGE

Black plate (109,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SIC3496

SUNGLASSES HOLDERS35-D-110201-7D49A2AA-DD28-4615-B72E-A1CBFE395B60

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push*1 .

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking indirect sunlight. The heat may da-mage the glasses.

SIC3497

SIC3498


Black plate (110,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GLOVE BOXS35-D-110201-F9260F73-5260-4688-8D88-814B9E5BA4ED

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle.

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.The glove box light illuminates when the head-light switch is turned on.

*A Card holder

*B Back side pocket of lid

*C Removable partition (if so equipped)

To remove the partition, pull it out.

SIC3499

CONSOLE BOXS35-D-110201-E018BA87-9079-45DE-909F-A77EB11D068E

To open the console boxes, push up the knob*A and pull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until latched.

To remove the inner box (if so equipped) forcleaning or storing a large object, pull it up asillustrated*B .

The inside of the console box lid is designed tobe used as a card holder*C and pen holders*D .

SIC4530

Type A

SIC3514

Type B

Black plate (111,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

LUGGAGE FLOOR BOX (if soequipped)

S35-D-110201-B2DC4A4F-CB14-4C93-B757-CA7BE5833E8C

Type A: To open the luggage floor box, push*A . To close, push the lid until the lock latches.

The net partitions can be folded to make a largerstorage space.

CAUTION

To avoid damage, do not load morethan 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into theluggage floor box.

Type B: To open the luggage floor box, pull thehandle*B on the lid. To close, push the lid untilthe lock latches.

The luggage floor box needs to be removedwhen you need a spare tire. (See “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.)

SIC4267

LUGGAGE SIDE BOXS35-D-110201-65867C13-C89A-46EC-8E2A-F8212C01D932

To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.

SIC3503

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-4D798BFB-9ED7-4FB8-9F2C-7D3C067EF3DC

The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargoarea hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang bothsides on the hooks*1 .

To stow the cargo cover, remove it from the


Black plate (112,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


hooks and hold until it is retracted.

To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover andpull the holder to the opposite side*2 .

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargocover, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Close the cargo cover when foldingthe rear seat.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. If the cargo cover contacts the toptether strap when it is attached tothe top tether anchor, remove thecargo cover from the vehicle orsecure it on the cargo floor belowits attachment location. If the cargo

cover is not removed, it may da-mage the top tether strap during acollision. Your child could be ser-iously injured or killed in a collisionif the child restraint top tether strapis damaged.

. Do not allow cargo to contact thetop tether strap when it is attachedto the top tether anchor. Properlysecure the cargo so it does notcontact the top tether strap. Cargothat is not properly secured or thatcontacts the top tether strap maydamage the top tether strap duringa collision. Your child could beseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

SIC3504

LUGGAGE HOOKS (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-2D988198-3E52-49E3-8EEB-85813B616CF7

WARNING

. Always make sure that the luggageis properly secured. Use the suitableropes and hooks.

Black plate (113,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. Unsecured luggage can becomedangerous in an accident or suddenstop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg)*A or 7 lb (3 kg)*B to asingle hook.

SIC4550

COAT HOOKS (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-DF957E51-D7CE-457F-B5FE-B60CF761743A

The coat hooks are equipped above the rearwindow.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 2lb (1 kg) to a single hook.

SIC3506

UTILITY HOOKS35-D-110201-0F642A2D-5628-4E33-83E0-2E6B14382F28

To use the utility hook on the seatback, pull it.

CAUTION

. Do not apply a total load of morethan 6 lb (3 kg) to the hook.

. Do not use the utility hook to pullthe seatback to the upright andlocked position. Doing so will causethe utility hook to break.


Black plate (114,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SIC3549

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)GUID-963DC233-F1BF-4195-80FA-612BBCFAEFB2

Secure the crossbars to the roof rail beforeloading. The crossbars are available from aNISSAN dealer.

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roofrack. Do not load more than 99 lb (45 kg). Becareful that your vehicle does not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or itsGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front andrear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-cated on the driver’s door pillar). For moreinformation regarding GVWR and GAWR, see“Vehicle loading information” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.

WARNING

. Drive extra carefully when the vehi-cle is loaded at or near the cargocarrying capacity, especially if thesignificant portion of that load iscarried on the roof rack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rack hasthe potential to affect the vehiclestability and handling during sud-den or unusual handling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenlydistributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roof rackload weight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removingitems from the roof rack. If you cannotcomfortably lift the items onto the roof

rack from the ground, use a ladder orstool.

Black plate (115,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-EF5A4CAB-3CE8-402A-B85B-F12E85049006

POWER WINDOWSS35-D-110201-28870A1D-95F8-487F-8BEF-004065E33A6E

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the win-dow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in thewindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, or for about 45seconds after the ignition switch is turned to theOFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the windows is canceled.

SIC3507

1. Window lock button

2. Driver side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Front passenger side window

5. Rear right passenger side window

Main power window switch (driver’sside)

GUID-B6E7617E-E40E-40C3-9E55-437ACDA41B5A

To open or close the window, push down*A orpull up *B the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open or closeall the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsGUID-21155F19-5215-4B78-A2CE-1C399D86BA17

When the lock button*C is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.


WINDOWS

Black plate (116,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SIC3508

Passenger side power window switchGUID-6392E6CE-0551-411A-994B-8AC9D946BB5E

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.

SIC3509

Automatic operation (if so equipped)GUID-E7474ECC-09DE-4A54-A358-7896B84E25A1

The automatic operation is available for theswitch that has an mark on its surface.

Type A: To fully open or close the window, pushdown or pull up the switch to the second detentand release it; the switch need not be held. Thewindow will automatically open or close all theway. To stop the window, just push or lift theswitch in the opposite direction.

Type B: To fully open the window, push downthe switch to the second detent and release it;the switch need not be held. The window willautomatically open all the way. To stop thewindow, just lift the switch. To fully close the

window, push and hold the switch.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.

Auto-reverse function (if so equipped)GUID-CD58E688-0E5F-4849-A2F9-9DCE763F2A71

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe window as it is closing, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turnedto the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

Black plate (117,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

If the windows do not close automaticallyGUID-4366A858-91A3-4739-91C0-DACFB774B6DE

If the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchmore than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function toconfirm the initialization is complete.

If the power window automatic function doesnot operate properly after performing the pro-cedure above, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer.

GUID-74BA112D-48AA-4F68-AF07-7C0714B7A644

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object onthe moonroof or surrounding area.

AUTOMATIC MOONROOFGUID-795A67FE-3AA6-4D5F-A971-C344A69CEBB7

The moonroof only operates when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

The automatic moonroof is operational for about45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is turnedto the OFF position. If the driver’s door or thepassenger’s door is opened during this period ofabout 45 seconds, power to the moonroof iscanceled.

SunshadeS35-D-110201-6A117BAD-3314-4417-9693-3DEEE0575E80

The sunshade will open automatically when themoonroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.


MOONROOF (if so equipped)

Black plate (118,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SIC3510

Sliding the moonroofGUID-E58CB540-F94C-4392-847D-DF07AA0A152B

To fully open or close the moonroof, push theswitch toward *1 or *2 and releaseit; it need not be held. The roof will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the roof, pushthe switch in any direction while it is opening orclosing.

Tilting the moonroofGUID-F8514024-28D3-4F20-A4B9-9C5D9274A6BB

To tilt up, first close the moonroof by pushing theswitch toward *2 . Push the switch toward*2 again and release it; it need not be

held. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switchtoward *1 .

Auto reverse functionS35-D-110201-AF18E966-5C54-4980-BC51-E872555FB4DF

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing themoonroof.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe moonroof when it is closing, the moonroofwill be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor about 45 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the OFF position.

If the moonroof cannot be closed automaticallywhen the auto reverse function activates due toa malfunction, push and hold the switch toward*2 .

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateGUID-750E5F7D-B6E5-4E9E-9714-1DE514A949D8

If the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize themoonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the switch toward*2 .

2. Push and hold the switch toward *2 totilt the moonroof up.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch toward *1 tofully tilt the moonroof down.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properly afterperforming the procedure above, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Black plate (119,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-6554559D-EE81-4A45-B1ED-9C063E192D41

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

MAP LIGHTSS35-D-110201-C243F5B9-4483-4D93-AA0B-1EA9F7CF9D9D

Push the light lens to turn the map light on or off.

SIC3512

The map light control switch has three positions:ON*1 , DOOR*2 and OFF*3 .

The light *4 (if so equipped) will illuminatewhen the headlight switch is turned to theor position.

ON positionS35-D-110201-7683F6B1-A28E-4E34-903D-85E1BC5B2ED3

When the switch is in the ON position*1 , themap lights will illuminate.

DOOR positionS35-D-110201-6D5F4D58-B171-4027-B458-15DB5CE5FB39

When the switch is in the DOOR position*2 ,the map lights will illuminate under the followingconditions:

. ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the unlockbutton (on the keyfob or Intelligent Key)or the request switch (Intelligent Key systemequipped model), with the ignition switch inthe LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

The lights will turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.


INTERIOR LIGHTS

Black plate (120,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


OFF positionS35-D-110201-55BC51B8-E593-4DF0-A4A4-C808144A2F0B

When the switch is in the OFF position*3 , themap lights will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

SIC3513

CEILING LIGHTGUID-BE9CB642-0C31-473C-A93E-63673165372B

The ceiling light switch has three positions: ON,DOOR and OFF.

ON positionS35-D-110201-70BCA29A-4C18-4168-8B6D-98BE0BE33E7F

When the switch is in the ON position*1 , theceiling light will illuminate.

DOOR positionS35-D-110201-96E5D9BB-55A7-44D8-B0DC-A27CDCB014C4

When the switch is in the DOOR position*2 ,the ceiling light will illuminate under the followingconditions:

. ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition


. doors are unlocked by pushing the unlockbutton (on the keyfob or Intelligent Key)or the request switch (Intelligent Key systemequipped model), with the ignition switch inthe LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

The light will turn off after a period of timewhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

OFF positionS35-D-110201-D2E4CC19-C6A3-43E3-A546-AEDCAD5B81E9

When the switch is in the OFF position*3 , theceiling light will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

Black plate (121,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-60256316-8D60-44BF-B844-446DA9E30D11

SIC2064

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.

The lights will turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

GUID-AC455466-F059-41D4-A466-DD80D2F1310F

SIC2131A

When the switch is in the ON position*1 , thelight illuminates while the lift gate is opened.When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position*2 , thelight will turn off.

The light will turn off after a period of timewhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.


VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS (if soequipped) CARGO LIGHT

Black plate (122,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (123,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ................................................................................................. 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys ...................... 3-2Intelligent Keys (if so equipped) ........................................ 3-3

Doors ............................................................................................... 3-4Locking with key ..................................................................... 3-5Locking with inside lock knob ............................................. 3-5Locking with power door lock switch ............................... 3-5Automatic door locks ............................................................ 3-6Child safety rear door lock .................................................. 3-6

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) .................... 3-7How to use remote keyless entry system ........................ 3-8

Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ............................... 3-10Intelligent Key operating range ........................................ 3-12Door locks/unlocks precaution ....................................... 3-12Intelligent Key operation .................................................... 3-13

Warning signals ................................................................. 3-14Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 3-15How to use remote keyless entry function ................. 3-16

Hood ............................................................................................ 3-19Lift gate ....................................................................................... 3-20

Lift gate release ................................................................. 3-21Fuel-filler door ........................................................................... 3-21

Opening the fuel-filler door ............................................ 3-21Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................... 3-21

Steering wheel .......................................................................... 3-23Tilt operation ...................................................................... 3-23

Sun visors ................................................................................... 3-24Mirrors ......................................................................................... 3-24

Inside mirror ........................................................................ 3-24Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-25Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-26

Black plate (124,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

S35-D-110201-DE70668C-DA04-469B-B5C4-09EB700CFDF7

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. Ifyou lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number. NISSANdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2405

1. Master key (2)

2. Key number plate (1)

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM KEYS

S35-D-110201-9A9F7A26-2A31-4E79-9589-56D7FD9A686E

Your vehicle can only be driven with the masterkeys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System components in yourvehicle. These keys have a transponder chip inthe key head.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys. Your dealer can

duplicate your existing key. As many as 5 keyscan be used with one vehicle. You should bringall the registered keys that you have to aNISSAN dealer for registration. This is becausethe registration process will erase the memory ofall key codes previously registered into theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After theregistration process, these components will onlyrecognize keys coded into the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System during registration. Any keythat is not given to your dealer at the time ofregistration will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Im-mobilizer System key, which containsan electrical transponder, to come incontact with salt water. This couldcause the system to malfunction.

KEYS

Black plate (125,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SPA2406

1. Intelligent Key (2)

2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2)

3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEYS (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-D15F2CE6-CCCA-4C47-A594-B5FAFAF94A86

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system components andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered by a NISSAN dealerprior to use with the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of yourvehicle. Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

nents when registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (-108C) degrees, the battery ofthe Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audio

equipment and personal computers.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Black plate (126,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SPA2033

Mechanical keyS35-D-110201-9601DF7C-3FF9-40D5-B6B8-9E5EEEBD0038

To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors. (See “Doors” later in this section.)

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key.

S35-D-110201-11F4111D-00C7-425A-8CBE-258C29021D15

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.


DOORS

Black plate (127,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SPA2394

LOCKING WITH KEYS35-D-110201-EA701736-2D62-4FE5-9A07-3E66A223B473

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle*1 will lock all doors andthe lift gate.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder onceto the rear of the vehicle*2 will unlock thedriver’s door. After returning the key to theneutral position, turning it to the rear againwithin 5 seconds will unlock all doors andthe lift gate.

SPA1814

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBS35-D-110201-F596BA5E-9604-428A-990B-ACE1BA5124FA

To lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position*1 then close thedoor.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position*2 .

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA2300

LOCKINGWITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

S35-D-110201-CBDF94BB-B871-4D60-9710-B678FE8875EE

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors. The switches are locatedon the driver’s and front passenger’s doorarmrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position*1 with the driver’sor front passenger’s door open, then close thedoor.

When locking the door this way, be surenot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the unlock position*2 .


Black plate (128,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Lockout protectionS35-D-110201-D9159B01-8C96-4797-ADA7-C072902F1545

When the power door lock switch (driver or frontpassenger) is moved to the lock position withthe key in the ignition switch or the IntelligentKey in the vehicle and any door open, all doorswill lock and unlock automatically.

This function helps to prevent the keys frombeing accidentally locked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKSS35-D-110201-9792C716-DB41-40DC-A515-5B1BB12E9151

. All doors lock automatically when the vehiclespeed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically when theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lock switch tothe position (UNLOCK) for more than 5seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again between eachsetting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock when theignition switch is placed in the OFF position. Tounlock the door manually, use the inside lockknob or the power door lock switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s side).

SPA2037

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKS35-D-110201-E7140EBB-C56B-4EFA-B4A0-B356D8C49F31

Child safety rear door locks help prevent the reardoors from being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position

*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlockposition*2 .

Black plate (129,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-1E00637E-1C0B-4FEB-811E-9997F446A105

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (includingthe lift gate), and activate the panic alarm byusing the keyfob from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.

The keyfob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)

As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the pur-chase and use of additional keyfobs, contact aNISSAN dealer.

The keyfob will not function:

. When the keyfob is not within the opera-tional range.

. When the doors are open or not closedsecurely.

. When the key is in the ignition switch.

. When the battery is discharged.

WARNING

The remote keyless entry keyfob trans-mits radio waves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that the radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do not

operate the keyfob while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when the unitis stored during a flight.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occur-rences will damage the keyfob.

. Do not allow the keyfob to becomewet.

. Do not drop the keyfob.

. Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (-108C) degrees, the battery ofkeyfob may not function properly.

. Do not place the keyfob for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatkeyfob. This will prevent the keyfobfrom unauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, please contact a

NISSAN dealer.

If the indicator light on the keyfob does notilluminate when pushing the buttons, the keyfobbattery may be discharged.

For information regarding the replacement of abattery, see “Battery replacement” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(if so equipped)

Black plate (130,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SPA2416

*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

S35-D-110201-CA37B8F2-FD76-4255-B48E-4F80A3B5B847

Locking doorsS35-D-110201-6A487745-4220-4149-BAAE-6CE691473769

1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button *1 on thekeyfob.

4. All the doors will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton is pushed even though a door

remains open.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

. When the LOCK button is pushed withall doors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as areminder that the doors are already locked.

. Operate the door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doorsS35-D-110201-29B39298-D051-4CAC-95C7-6FD65C0E8B70

1. Push the UNLOCK button*2 on thekeyfob.. The driver’s door unlocks.. The hazard indicator flashes once if all

doors are completely closed.

2. Push the UNLOCK button again within5 seconds.. All the doors and the lift gate unlock.. The hazard indicator flashes once if all

doors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute of pushing the UNLOCK button.

. Any door or lift gate is opened.

. The ignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Using panic alarmS35-D-110201-1BFE353E-D31D-455C-84CE-1BA2297CF9C6

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button *3 on thekeyfob for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the keyfob is

pushed. (Note: the PANIC button mustbe pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeS35-D-110201-9248839D-3D23-438A-9E35-5533D7B6AFCA

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can switchto hazard indicator only mode by following theswitching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is

Black plate (131,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the hornoperates.

Mode (Pushing the or button) DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Hazard indicator and horn modeHAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera-tion, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK*2 buttons on the keyfob simultaneously

for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, thehazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and horn mode isset, the hazard indicator flashes once andthe horn chirps once. NOS1695


Black plate (132,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-1EBA8E8A-E285-4EDF-8DC6-8282FF7F52ED

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that theradio waves may affect aircraft na-vigation and communication sys-t ems . Do no t ope r a t e t h eIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote controller functionor pushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/or condi-tions may affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. TheIntelligent Key system transmits weak radiowaves. Environmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the Intelligent Key systemunder the following operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal

computer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such assignals from a TV and personal computer, thebattery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Battery replacement” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional IntelligentKeys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact with

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if soequipped)

Black plate (133,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

water or salt water. This could affectthe system function.



. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C) degrees, the battery ofthe Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.



. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computers orcellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This may preventthe unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key tooperate the vehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-er.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. Forinformation about disabling the Intelligent Keyfunction, contact a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (134,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

S35-D-110201-78F9827F-C347-4841-AFF5-1DE018677F6B

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)from each request switch*1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the request

switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone who does notcarry the Intelligent Key to push the requestswitch to lock/unlock the doors including the liftgate.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

GUID-5B258DE1-6D3E-4530-A070-24F6EB804D09

. Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the In-telligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry thekey with you and then lock the doors.

Black plate (135,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONS35-D-110201-EC829859-7623-4249-A79B-75682E29C873

You can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2409

SPA2410


Black plate (136,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s)*A or lift gate request switch*B withinthe range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”later in this section.

Locking doorsS35-D-110201-8EA6E22F-8395-4193-8EB5-5A139EFC2C10

1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.*1

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3. Close all the doors.*2

4. Push the door handle request switch (dri-ver’s or front passenger’s) *A or the liftgate request switch*B while carrying theIntelligent Key with you.*3

5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the request switch whilethe ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock with the request switchwhile any door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock with the request switch

when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked with anotherregistered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doorsS35-D-110201-B5E33822-CFDC-4AA1-AD0F-54BBE3729FBB

1. Push the door handle request switch*A orthe lift gate request switch *B whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once. The correspondingdoor or the lift gate will unlock.

3. Push the request switch again within 5seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once again. All the doorsand the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch whilethe doors are locked.

. Opening any doors.

. Pushing the ignition switch.

. Inserting the mechanical key into the ignitionswitch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all

doors will be locked automatically after another1 minute.

WARNING SIGNALSS35-D-110201-0D8A99B7-E65C-4934-A016-E4324CF1EA91

The Intelligent Key system is equipped with afunction that is designed to minimize improperoperations and to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen. The warning buzzer sounds andthe warning display appears on the vehicleinformation display when improper operationsare detected.

CAUTION

When the buzzer sounds and the warn-ing display appears, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.

Black plate (137,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES35-D-110201-F67E3182-54C1-4F8E-8206-45B5D1438491

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the request switchThe outside buzzer sounds for approximately 2seconds.

The doors cannot be locked.

Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicleand push the request switch.

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and push the request switch whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

Close all the doors securely and push therequest switch while carrying the IntelligentKey with you.

When closing the doors

The outside buzzer sounds for approximately10 seconds.

The ignition switch is not turned to theLOCK position.

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

The Intelligent Key detection warning appearson the display and the outside buzzer sounds 3times.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The outside buzzer sounds for approximately 3seconds and all doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key has been left in thevehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key from the vehicleand close the door.

When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuously.The ignition switch is not in the LOCKposition, or the mechanical key isinserted into the ignition switch.


Remove the mechanical key from the igni-tion switch.

When stopping the engine The SHIFT “P” warning appears on the display.The selector lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

When turning the ignition switch A warning chime sounds continuously.The ignition switch is not turned to theLOCK position.


When starting the engineThe Intelligent key battery discharge indicatorappears on the display.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery with a new one. (See“Battery replacement” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.)

When pushing the ignition switchThe Intelligent Key detection warning appearson the display.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key.


Black plate (138,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY FUNCTION

S35-D-110201-CF29B22E-A85F-4042-83BE-F5970367F85C

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that theradio waves may affect aircraft na-vigation and communication sys-t ems . Do no t ope r a t e t h eIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affect

the system function.



. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (-108C) degrees, the battery ofthe Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.



. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computers orcellular phone.

The remote keyless entry function can operateall door locks using the remote keyless entry

function of the Intelligent Key. The remotekeyless entry function can operate at a distanceof approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The operating distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)

The remote keyless entry function will notoperate:

. When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

. When the doors are open or not closedsecurely.

. When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

The remote keyless entry function can alsooperate the vehicle alarm.

Black plate (139,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SPA2252

*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 PANIC button

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”later in this section.

Locking doorsS35-D-110201-A8D08BE2-F673-412D-BEB0-690D24D790A0

1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.*1

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3. Close all the doors.*2

4. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key whilethe ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Keywhile any door is open.

Operate the door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doorsS35-D-110201-5BF96B05-51EE-4842-8795-C1E930136475

1. Push the UNLOCK button*2 on theIntelligent Key.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button again within5 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All thedoors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the UNLOCK buttonwhile the doors are locked.

. Opening any doors.

. Pushing the ignition switch.

. Inserting the mechanical key into the ignitionswitch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, all doors will be locked

automatically after another 1 minute.

Using panic alarmS35-D-110201-F0A15784-7138-4284-8670-24D4950A9145

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button *3 on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key

is pushed. (Note: PANIC button must bepushed for more than 1 second.)


Black plate (140,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Setting hazard indicator and horn modeGUID-1392CA15-47C1-4364-9564-F188E178C817

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, neither the hazard indicator nor thehorn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switch orlift gate request switch

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Pushing or buttonHAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switch orlift gate request switch

HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Pushing or button HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera-tion, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK*2 buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta-

neously for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, thehazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and horn mode isset, the hazard indicator flashes once andthe horn chirps once. NOS1695

Black plate (141,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-3E438177-7161-4F63-AE18-E528B9958B72

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

SPA2412

When opening the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handle *1 locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever*2 up at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips.

3. Raise the hood.

4. Remove the support rod from the hood andinsert it into the slot*3 .

Hold the coated part*A when removing orresetting the support rod. Avoid directcontact with the metal parts, as they maybe hot immediately after the engine hasbeen stopped.

When closing the hood:

1. Return the support rod to its originalposition.

2. Slowly move the hood down to latch thelock.

3. Push the hood down to lock the hoodsecurely into place.


HOOD

Black plate (142,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-3B6AEB5E-E690-4213-A96C-BD4949D8360D

WARNING

. Always be sure the lift gate hasbeen closed securely to prevent itfrom opening while driving.

. Do not drive with the lift gate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section of this manual.

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclebefore closing the lift gate.

SPA2413

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push theopener switch*A . Pull up the lift gate to open.

The lift gate can be unlocked by:

. pushing the unlock button on thekeyfob or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped)twice.

. pushing the lift gate request switch (if soequipped).

. pushing the power door lock switch to theunlock position.

. inserting the key into the driver’s door keycylinder and turning it to the rear of thevehicle twice.

To close the lift gate, pull down until it securely

locks.

LIFT GATE

Black plate (143,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SPA2414

LIFT GATE RELEASES35-D-110201-B8DEF828-77B2-4BDA-90BB-EAF054BB537F

If the lift gate cannot be opened due to adischarged battery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate witha suitable tool.

2. Move the lever toward the direction*A asillustrated to open the lift gate.

Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

S35-D-110201-2B147586-63E0-4DF3-B881-8610B6736448

SPA2415

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORS35-D-110201-7CC1E09E-D8D3-41CA-9B6A-49166F375329

To open the fuel-filler door, pull the left side ofthe door.

SPA2338

FUEL-FILLER CAPS35-D-110201-2406F22D-9BA5-40C7-BA12-ABC92FD1B580

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise toremove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder*Awhile refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.


FUEL-FILLER DOOR

Black plate (144,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. Ithas a built-in safety valve neededfor proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control sys-tem. An incorrect cap can result in aserious malfunction and possibleinjury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your vehi-cle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel containerin the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-tricity can cause an explosion offlammable liquid, vapor or gas inany vehicle or trailer. To reduce therisk of serious injury or death whenfilling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container onthe ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten until thefuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight-en the fuel-filler cap properly may

cause the malfunction indicatorlight (MIL) to illuminate. If thelight illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal-er.

For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning willappear if the fuel-filler cap is notproperly tightened. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to bedisplayed. Failure to tighten thefuel-filler cap properly after theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning appearsmay cause the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) to illuminate.

Black plate (145,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SPA2807

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningS35-D-110201-7BDBA3A1-1B36-47D7-8D3F-6BCA39874459

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after the vehiclehas been refueled. It may take a few driving tripsfor the message to be displayed. To turn off thewarning, perform the following steps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soonas possible. (See “FUEL-FILLER CAP”.)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Push the switch *A for about 1second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning after tightening the fuel cap.

S35-D-110201-080D2004-4570-4B0C-B875-A5DE896B6841

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

SPA2383

TILT OPERATIONS35-D-110201-28BA420D-969D-46F3-B289-6F251133B52B

Pull the lock lever down *1 and adjust thesteering wheel up or down *2 to the desiredposition.

Push the lock lever up*3 securely to lock thesteering wheel in place. A clicking noise may beheard when the lever is moved to the lockposition.


STEERING WHEEL

Black plate (146,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-B266053D-0E25-4B84-A94E-88E6B81337A0

SIC2872

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor*1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sunvisor from the center mount and swing it tothe side*2 .

S35-D-110201-2C2A1443-F866-4FB7-8FF5-8337E541196D

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORS35-D-110201-67D1410D-36D6-4377-944E-434F7B628FFC

Adjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeS35-D-110201-7FA2E3AD-51E8-43DF-93EA-2C31AEAE2711

The night position*1 will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position*2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when ne-cessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

SUN VISORS MIRRORS

Black plate (147,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SPA2162A

Automatic anti-glare typeS35-D-110201-BCCF0D4C-958E-4AB1-8A98-EE47B549C9AC

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the followingvehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

When the system is turned on, the indicator light*A will illuminate and excessive glare from theheadlights of the vehicle behind you will bereduced.

Push the switch*B for 3 seconds to makethe inside mirror operate normally and the

indicator light will turn off. Push the switchagain for 3 seconds to turn the system on.

Do not hang any objects on the mirror orapply glass cleaner. Doing so will reducethe sensitivity of the sensor*C , resultingin improper operation.

SPA1390

OUTSIDE MIRRORSS35-D-110201-85E8C1B6-9131-460C-BDC1-2187D806CC2F

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.


Black plate (148,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Adjusting outside mirrorsS35-D-110201-3F0FC23C-63BA-4C15-907F-D683589765C8

The outside mirror control switch is located onthe left side of the instrument panel.

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the switch right or left to select the right orleft side mirror, then adjust using the controlswitch.

Defrosting outside mirrors (if soequipped)

S35-D-110201-FE0BE402-86EE-473F-932D-0CDFE7858E17

The outside mirrors will be heated when the rearwindow defroster switch is operated. SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsS35-D-110201-35753C78-8667-43C1-A202-7708082BAF4E

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.

SIC2064

VANITY MIRRORGUID-077032A8-BE9E-45A3-9146-957D47A5EB9A

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and pull up the cover.

Black plate (149,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio,phone and voice recognition systems

Safety note ..................................................................................... 4-2Control panel buttons — color screen with navigationsystem (if so equipped) ............................................................. 4-2

How to use touch screen .................................................... 4-3How to use the back button ............................................... 4-5How to use brightness control and displayON/OFF button ...................................................................... 4-5How to use the setup button .............................................. 4-5

RearView monitor (if so equipped) ......................................... 4-9How to read the displayed lines ........................................ 4-9Difference between predictive andactual distances ................................................................... 4-10How to adjust the screen (if so equipped) .................. 4-12Operating tips ...................................................................... 4-13

Around ViewTM Monitor (if so equipped) ........................... 4-13How to switch the display ................................................ 4-16How to see each view ....................................................... 4-17Difference between predictive andactual distances ................................................................... 4-20Operating tips ...................................................................... 4-23

Ventilators .................................................................................... 4-23Side ventilators .................................................................... 4-23

Heater and air conditioner ...................................................... 4-24Manual air conditioner ........................................................ 4-24Automatic air conditioner .................................................. 4-27

In-cabin microfilter ............................................................ 4-29Servicing air conditioner ................................................. 4-29Operating tips (for automatic air conditioner) ........... 4-30

Audio system ............................................................................. 4-30Audio operation precautions .......................................... 4-30FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player .......... 4-43FM-AM-SAT(if so equipped) radio with CompactDisc (CD) player (Type A) .............................................. 4-51FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player(Type B) ............................................................................. 4-59CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ................. 4-66Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped) ................................................................. 4-67Antenna ............................................................................... 4-68

Car phone and CB radio ....................................................... 4-69Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped) ........................................................................ 4-69

Regulatory information ..................................................... 4-71Using the system .............................................................. 4-71Control buttons .................................................................. 4-73Getting started .................................................................. 4-74List of voice commands .................................................. 4-75Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode .................................... 4-79Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 4-81

Black plate (150,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

4-2 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

S35-D-110201-085FF441-F2C8-4C6E-ABB3-F2123CE126F8

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreignobject in the system hardware, spillliquid on it, or notice smoke or smellcoming from it, stop using thesystem immediately and contactyour nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-ing such conditions may lead toaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

GUID-B91320C6-CA93-4DC0-9D1D-0B560BE93822

SAA3377

1. (brightness control) button (P.4-5)

2. Display screen (P.4-3)

3. MAP button*

4. NAV button*

5. TRAF button*

6. SETUP button (P.4-5)

7. BACK button (P.4-5)

8. TUNE/SCROLL knob

9. Power button/Volume control knob

*For Navigation system control buttons, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

SAFETY NOTECONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (if so equipped)

Black plate (151,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will discharge the battery, and theengine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“Example” — Words marked in quotes refer to akey shown only on the display. These keys canbe selected by touching the screen.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREENGUID-7C59B976-54A1-4D74-A77C-CF757A76A294

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if it is hitwith a hard or sharp object. If theglass screen breaks, do not touch it.Doing so could result in an injury.

. To clean the display, use a soft, drycloth. If additional cleaning is ne-cessary, use a small amount ofneutral detergent with a soft cloth.Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a che-mical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such aswater or car fragrance on the dis-

play. Contact with liquid will causethe system to malfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functions cannotbe operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

WARNING

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

. Avoid using vehicle features thatcould distract you. If distracted,you could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

SAA3386

Touch screen operationGUID-67B20698-8B04-4122-9E42-414B14750F5F

Selecting the item:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch an item to select. For example, to selectthe “Audio” key, touch the “Audio” key *1 onthe screen.

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

Black plate (152,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA3387

Adjusting the item:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For screens where an item can be adjustedincrementally, such as when adjusting the bassand treble for the audio system, touch the “+”key*1 or the “−” key*2 to adjust the settingsof an item.

When there are more items than can bedisplayed on one screen, touch the up arrow*3 to scroll up the page or touch the downarrow*4 to scroll down the page.

SAA3388

Other items are adjusted by selecting one of aset number of conditions. For example, theDisplay Mode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day”or “Night”. To adjust this type of item, touch theitem *1 . The item will cycle through theavailable settings and the red indicator lightsto the left of the setting condition*2 will comeon or turn off accordingly.

SAA3389

Inputting characters:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the letter key*1 .

There are some options available when inputtingcharacters.

. 123/ABC:

Changes the available character set tonumbers.

. Space:

Inserts a space.

. Delete:

Deletes the last inputted character with onetouch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key todelete all of the characters.

Black plate (153,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. OK:

Completes the character input.

Touch screen maintenanceGUID-81BE922F-CC67-4C42-9828-DA9A2B268C8C

If you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water ordetergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipethe screen.

HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTONGUID-3731A0E9-D30B-4326-87CC-DE42F49C98C6

Push the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

GUID-45C21C47-851E-4C30-8B09-DFE9F060C0A9

To change the display brightness, push thebutton. Pushing the button again will change thedisplay to the day or the night display.

If no operation is performed within 5 seconds,the display will return to the previous display.

Push and hold the button for more than twoseconds to turn the display off. Push the buttonagain to turn the display on.

SAA3390

HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTONGUID-12359B90-6257-4C35-8D6D-868D31AAACA0

When the SETUP button is pushed, the Setupscreen will appear on the display. You can selectand/or adjust several functions, features andmodes that are available for your vehicle.

SAA3396

Audio setupGUID-3A0D33F6-B887-4B69-81BC-BE7B20D8CE08

Push the AUDIO button to adjust the followingitems to the desired setting:

Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Controls the sound of the audio system. Balanceadjusts the sound between the left and rightspeakers. Fade adjusts the sound between thefront and rear speakers.


Black plate (154,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA3397

Speed Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Controls the level to which the volume isadjusted as the vehicle’s driving speed changes.Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose 0to disable the feature entirely.

AUX Level:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Controls the volume level of incoming soundwhen an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. Available options are Quiet, Mediumand Loud.

Navigation setupGUID-B9AA7DEB-75C8-439C-AB2C-CD5EB042E481

Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for information regarding this item.

XM setupGUID-EABD1884-04E7-402A-A446-574F90206135

For SiriusXM Satellite Radio setup, refer to “FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player(Type B) ” later in this section.

SAA3391

System setupGUID-28F2C574-E628-459B-BF48-5E85D07EDE74

Select the “System” key to select and/or adjustvarious functions of the system. A screen withadditional options will appear.

Black plate (155,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA3392

Display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Display” key to adjust the appear-ance of the display. The following settings canbe adjusted:

. Brightness:

The brightness of the display can be set to VeryBright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touchthe “Brightness” key to cycle through theoptions.

. Display Mode:

The display can be adjusted to fit the level oflighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode”key to cycle through the options. “Day” and“Night” modes are suited for the respective

times of day, while “Automatic” controls thedisplay automatically.

. Scroll Direction:

The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted.Choose either “up” or “down”.

SAA3393

Clock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Clock” key to adjust the time and theappearance of the clock on the display. Thefollowing settings can be adjusted:

. Time Format:

The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours.

. Use GPS Clock:

When this setting is activated, the clock is setand continually updated via the GPS used bythe Navigation System.

. Set Clock Manually:

When this setting is activated, the clock can beset manually. Touch the “+” or “−” key to adjustthe hours and minutes up or down.


Black plate (156,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. Daylight Savings Time:

When this setting is activated, daylight savingstime is on. Touch the “Daylight Savings Time”key to toggle the setting on or off.

. Time Zone:

Choose the applicable time zone from the list.

SAA3395

Language:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Language” key to adjust thelanguage used by the system. The languagecan be set to English, Francais or Espanol.

Touch click:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Touch Click” key to toggle the touchclick feature on or off. When activated, a clicksound will be heard every time a key on thescreen is touched.

Beep tones:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Beep Tones” key to toggle the beeptones feature on or off. When activated, a beepsound will be heard when a pop-up messageappears on the screen or a button on the unit

(such as the button) is pressed and held fortwo seconds.

Reset all settings/memory:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key toreturn all settings to default and to clear thememory.

Traffic setupGUID-227EBD73-F2E5-4100-A2D1-99989F787550

Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for information regarding this item.

Black plate (157,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-2F64DC1B-3CBB-41D0-8176-3FF7CF94DB67

The system is�designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

When the selector lever is shifted into the R(Reverse) position, the monitor display showsthe view to the rear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. The RearView camera is a conveni-ence but it is not a substitute tocheck behind the vehicle whenbacking up.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitorwill appear visually opposite thanwhen viewed in the rear view andoutside mirrors.

. Make sure that the lift gate issecurely closed when backing up.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper cannotbe viewed on the RearView Monitor

because of its monitoring rangelimitation.

. Do not put anything on the Rear-View camera.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure not tospray it around the camera. Other-wise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation onthe lens, a malfunction, fire or anelectric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise, itmay malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electricshock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

SAA2776

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

S35-D-110201-90C6EB03-D1AD-43E9-8C29-AB01726784FA

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thebumper line*A are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

. Red line*1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line*2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line*3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)


Vehicle width guide lines*5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.


REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

Black plate (158,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

S35-D-110201-65C6F016-3036-40CB-BCA9-7E6F60BB027E

The distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.The distance viewed on the monitor is forreference only and may be different than theactual distance between the vehicle and dis-played objects.

SAA1978

Backing up on a steep uphillS35-D-110201-723BFB5B-80F0-4A3F-AF31-9D21290A882E

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object on

the hill is viewed in the monitor further than itappears.

Black plate (159,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA3440

Backing up near a projecting objectS35-D-110201-E22A423E-6FA0-4A11-9EF7-E7C850FD6622

The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the objectin the display. However, the vehicle may hit theobject if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.

SAA3475

Backing up behind a projecting objectS35-D-110201-5270CFCA-3E74-4D1F-B4B5-411B3FA93E38

The position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the same distanceas the position *A . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position *A ifthe object projects over the actual backing up

course.


Black plate (160,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA1979

Backing up on a steep downhillS35-D-110201-18CD6E66-0435-45A8-9DDA-6E621AA373AD

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown further than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object on

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than itappears.

JVH0275X

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN (if soequipped)

S35-D-110201-13D61027-722A-45AE-AFC0-8CFDC52BE5FB

To set up the RearView Monitor to yourpreferred settings, push the ENTER/SETTINGbutton*2 while the RearView Monitor screen isdisplayed. Each time the ENTER/SETTINGbutton *2 is pushed, the next setting item isselected. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL orTUNE·FOLDER control knob*1 to adjust eachitem.

Available setting items:

. Brightness

. Contrast

Black plate (161,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. Language*

The setting items will disappear and the displaywill return to the original screen if ENTER/SETTING button is pushed when the last settingitem is selected or if the screen is left withoutoperation for some time.

*: Only the language of the warning messageson the camera screen can be switched.

OPERATING TIPSS35-D-110201-D230E307-9B7F-4AC1-8FCA-9B9030CC86BF

. When the selector lever is shifted to the R(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-matically changes to the RearView Monitormode. However, the radio can be heard.

. When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly displayobjects. This is not a malfunction.

. When strong light is directly coming on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly. This is not a malfunction.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from the actualcolor of objects. This is not a malfunction.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark environment. This is not a malfunction.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay object clearly. Clean the camera.

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolora-tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaning agentand then wipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent diluted withwater.

GUID-3F356F81-D510-4416-955F-6B4EEAA895ED

JVH0112X

The CAMERA button is located on the centerconsole.

When you push the CAMERA button or shift theselector lever into the “R” (Reverse) positionwhile the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Around View Monitor operates. The monitordisplays various views of the position of thevehicle.

Available views:

. Bird’s-eye View

The surrounding view of the vehicle.

. Front-side View

The view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.


AROUND VIEWTM MONITOR (if soequipped)

Black plate (162,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. Front View

The view to the front of the vehicle.

. Rear View

The view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

SAA3574

There are some areas where the system will notdetect objects. When in the front or the rearview display, an object below the bumper or onthe ground may not be detected*1 . When inthe bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the seam ofthe camera detecting areas will not appear in themonitor*2 .

WARNING

. The Around View Monitor is a con-venience but it is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation because ithas areas where objects cannot beviewed. The four corners of thevehicle in particular, are blind spotswhere objects do not appear in thebird’s-eye, front, or rear views. Al-ways look out the windows andcheck with your own eyes to be surethat it is safe to move beforeoperating the vehicle. Always oper-ate the vehicle slowly.

. Do not use the Around View Monitorwith the outside mirror in the storedposition, and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when oper-ating the vehicle using the AroundView Monitor.

. The distance between objectsviewed on the Around View Monitordiffers from the actual distance.

. The cameras are installed above thefront grille, the outside mirrors andabove the rear license plate. Do notput anything on the cameras.

Black plate (163,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. When washing the vehicle withhighpressure water, be sure not tospray it around the cameras. Other-wise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation onthe lens, a malfunction, fire or anelectric shock.

. Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing socould cause a malfunction or causedamage resulting in a fire or anelectric shock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaningdirt or snow from the front of thecamera.


Black plate (164,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


JVH0116M

: Shift the selector lever

: Push the CAMERA button

*A : Original screen before the Around ViewMonitor is operated

*B : Rear view/bird-eye view screen

*C : Rear view/front-side view screen

*D : Front view/bird-eye view screen

*E : Front view/front-side view screen

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYGUID-D37F843B-D01B-4873-B594-7DE0114813CC

The Around View Monitor display consists of theleft and the right screens. You can see acombination of different views on the screensas illustrated.

Activating Around View MonitorGUID-B1BDCDBE-BFA1-4923-9E8B-23758B2340E8

Selector lever operation:

. When the selector lever is shifted into the“R” (Reverse) position (*1 ) while a screenother than the Around View Monitor*A isdisplayed, Around View Monitor is activatedand the rear view/bird’s-eye view screen*Bis displayed.

The screen*B switches back to screen*Awhen the selector lever is shifted out of the“R” (Reverse) position (*2 ).

Black plate (165,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

CAMERA button operation:

. When the CAMERA button is pushed (*8 )while a screen other than the Around ViewMonitor *A is displayed, Around ViewMonitor is activated and the front view/bird’s-eye view screen*D is displayed.

Operations after activationGUID-1590A1DD-599E-477D-B2B3-0FE4F614BE78

. When the rear view is displayed on the leftside on the screen (*B or*C ), the view onthe right side switches between thebird’seye view*B and the front-side view*C each time the CAMERA button ispushed (*3 ).

. When the front view/bird’s-eye view*D isdisplayed on the screen, pushing theCAMERA button (*9 ) will switch the viewon the right side to the front-side view*E .When the CAMERA button is pushed again(*10 ), the screen which was displayedbefore the Around View Monitor was acti-vated*A is displayed.

. The view on the driver’s side switches to therear view (*B or *C ) when the selectorlever is shifted into the “R” (Reverse)position (*5 or*7 ).

The view will switch back to the front view(*D or *E ) when the selector lever isshifted out of the “R” (Reverse) position (*4or*6 ).

HOW TO SEE EACH VIEWGUID-146749CB-DC4D-4863-BBC3-66331435BE1A

WARNING

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be usedas a reference only when the vehicleis on a paved, level surface. Thedistance viewed on the monitor isfor reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayedobjects.

. Use the displayed lines and the bird-eye view as a reference. The linesand the bird-eye view are greatlyaffected by the number of occu-pants, fuel level, vehicle position,road condition and road grade.

. If the tires are replaced with differ-ent sized tires, the predictive courseline and the bird-eye view may bedisplayed incorrectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arefurther than they appear. Whendriving the vehicle down a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arecloser than they appear. Use the

mirrors or actually look to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

The vehicle width and predictive course lines arewider than the actual width and course.


Black plate (166,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA1840

Front view

SAA1896

Rear view

Front and rear viewGUID-CBAFB0D4-01CF-4C22-BEF3-FC1214620EB3

Guiding lines, which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thevehicle body line *A , are displayed on themonitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

. Red line*1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line*2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)



Vehicle width guide lines*5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predictive course lines*6 :

Indicate the predictive course when operatingthe vehicle. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the steeringwheel is turned. The predictive course lines willmove depending on how much the steeringwheel is turned and will not be displayed whilethe steering wheel is in the neutral position.

The front view will not be displayed when thevehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h).

WARNING

. The distance between objectsviewed in the rear view may differfrom the actual distance. Objects inthe rear view will appear visuallyopposite from those viewed in theinside and outside mirrors.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predictive course line and theactual course line.

. The displayed lines on the rear viewwill appear slightly off to the rightbecause the rear view camera is notinstalled in the rear center of thevehicle.

CAUTION

When the monitor displays the frontview and the steering wheel turns about90 degrees or less from the neutralposition, both the right and left pre-dictive course lines *6 are displayed.When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, a predictive course

Black plate (167,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

line is displayed only on the oppositeside of the turn.

SAA3570

Bird’s-eye viewGUID-50301F42-478E-4D89-939B-7FFBFE931E68

The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view ofthe vehicle which helps confirm the vehicleposition and the predictive course to a parkingspace.

The vehicle icon*1 shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the distance between objectsviewed in the bird’s-eye view differs from theactual distance.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover*2 areindicated in black.

After the ignition switch is turned on, thenonviewable area *2 is highlighted in yellowfor 3 seconds after the bird’s-eye view is

displayed.

In addition, the non-viewable corners are dis-played in red (blink for the first 3 seconds)*3to remind the drivers to be cautious.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view willappear further than the actual dis-tance because the bird’s-eye view isa pseudo view that is processed bycombining the views from the cam-eras on the outside mirrors, thefront and the rear of the vehicle.

. Tall objects, such as a curb orvehicle, may be misaligned or notdisplayed at the seam of the views.

. Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye view maybe misaligned when the cameraposition alters.

. A line on the ground may be mis-aligned and is not seen as beingstraight at the seam of the views.The misalignment will increase asthe line proceeds away from thevehicle.


Black plate (168,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA3571

Front-side viewGUID-8076DAE4-5740-4153-97B7-D23604255E79

Guiding lines:

Guiding lines that indicate the width and thefront end of the vehicle are displayed on themonitor.

The front-of-vehicle line*1 shows the front partof the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line *2 shows the vehiclewidth including the outside mirror.

The extensions *3 of both the front *1 andside *2 lines are shown with a green dottedline.

CAUTION

. There is a plastic cover over thecamera. Do not scratch the coverwhen cleaning dirt or snow from thecover.

. The turn signal light may overlapwith the side-of-vehicle line. This isnot a malfunction.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

GUID-EB108E6F-FFB7-4017-9AA2-AC698DAE4B5B

The distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line on the front and the rear view shouldbe used as a reference only when the vehicle ison a level, paved surface. The distance viewedon the monitor is for reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distance between thevehicle and displayed objects.

SAA1978

Moving to a steep uphillGUID-B1B473C0-4A36-49DC-8575-42548B891124

When moving the vehicle up a hill, the distanceguide lines and the vehicle width guide lines areshown closer than the actual distance. Forexample, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object on

Black plate (169,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

the hill is viewed in the monitor further than itappears.

SAA1979

Moving to a steep downhillGUID-DF650F08-D143-4AB0-890C-0A871FB28623

When moving the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown further than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object on

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than itappears.


Black plate (170,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA1923

Moving near a projecting objectGUID-45695E62-599A-43BA-86C6-51CAFF6DBA96

The predictive course lines*A do not touch theobject in the display. However, the vehicle mayhit the object if it projects over the actual movingcourse.

JVH0115M

There may be a small distance visible betweenthe vehicle and the object in the birdseye viewon the display*B .

SAA1980

Moving closer to a projecting objectGUID-4A689DBE-9843-4AA4-80EA-C6C9AE4BD279

The position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the same distanceas the position *A . The vehicle may hit theobject when moving toward the position*A ifthe object projects over the actual moving

Black plate (171,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

course.

OPERATING TIPSGUID-CF52BB42-FFBD-4B6D-ABD2-E53AE93EE69F

. The screen displayed on the Around ViewMonitor will automatically return to theprevious screen when no operation takesplace for 3 minutes after the CAMERAbutton has been pushed while the selectorlever is in a position other than the “R”(Reverse) position.

. The display of images on the screen may bedelayed after screens are switched. Objectsin the Around View Monitor may be distortedmomentarily until the Around View Monitorscreen is displayed completely.

. When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not display objectsclearly. This is not a malfunction.

. When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly. This is not a malfunction.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

. The colors of objects on the Around ViewMonitor may differ somewhat from those ofthe actual object.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clear andthe color of the object may differ in a darklocation or at night. This is not a malfunction.

. There may be differences in clearnessbetween each camera view of the bird’seyeview.

. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,the Around View Monitor may not displayobjects clearly. Clean the camera.

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolora-tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloththat has been dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent and then wipe with a drycloth.

. Do not damage the camera because themonitor screen may be adversely affected.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that hasbeen dampened with a mild detergentdiluted with water.

S35-D-110201-2902BFED-B9AA-4CF2-9D44-C5D05BF5B964

SAA1775

SIDE VENTILATORSGUID-7D2AD213-490F-4596-A188-7E529E37E640

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators as illustrated.


VENTILATORS

Black plate (172,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-73A25172-06C8-4D8E-A6DC-5CBD131ADC3A

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and airconditioner system.

SAA1776

1. Fan speed control dial

2. Temperature control dial

3. Air flow control dial

4. Air recirculation button

5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button

6. Rear window defroster button (See “Rearwindow and outside mirror defroster switch” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONERS35-D-110201-BAF28FD4-665D-44FA-9913-B21AC9730C36

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn thefan speed control dial to the OFF position.

ControlsS35-D-110201-528D314D-1240-4D18-9E3F-DC4286AC735C

Outside air circulation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the air recirculation button to turn off theindicator light on the button. The air flow isdrawn from outside the vehicle.

Air recirculation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the air recirculation button to turn on theindicator light on the button. The air flow iscirculated inside the vehicle.

Air flow control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the air flow control dial to change the airflow mode.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Black plate (173,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

— Air flows from the center and side ventila-tors with maximum cooling (air condition-ing). (The air recirculation and A/C willbe automatically turned on.)

— Air flows from the center and side ventila-tors.

— Air flows from the center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

— Air flows from the defroster and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the defroster outlets.

. You can also select the middle positionbetween and or between and

.

. When the , or position isselected, the air recirculation modecannot be turned on to prevent the windowsfrom being fogged up.

Fan speed control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise(HI) to increase the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control dial counter-clockwise (LO) to decrease the fan speed.

A/C (Air Conditioner) operation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the A/C button to turn on or off the airconditioner. When the air conditioner is on, theA/C indicator light on the button illuminates.

Temperature control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature. Turn the dial between themiddle and the right position to select the hottemperature. Turn the dial between the middleand the left position to select the cool tempera-ture.

Heater operationS35-D-110201-1491AD0D-22C6-45F1-B821-82C280A00A69

Heating:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode is used to direct heated air to the footoutlets.

1. Push the air recirculation button to theOFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thehot (right) position.

Ventilation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode directs outside air to the side andcenter ventilators.




4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Defrosting or defogging:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode directs the air to the defroster outletsto defrost/defog the windows.




. To remove frost from the outside surface ofthe windshield quickly, turn the temperaturecontrol dial to the maximum hot position andthe fan speed control dial to maximum(HI) position.

. If it is difficult to defog the windshield, turnthe A/C button on.

Bi-level heating:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode directs cool air from the side andcenter vents and warm air from the foot outlets.When the temperature control dial is turned to


Black plate (174,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


the maximum hot or cool position, the airbetween the ventilators and the foot outlets isthe same temperature.





Heating and defogging:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode heats the interior and defogs thewindows.




Air conditioner operationS35-D-110201-B5067E1C-0586-411F-A263-C1D511C1E269

The air conditioner system should be operatedfor approximately 10 minutes at least once amonth. This helps prevent damage to the airconditioner system due to the lack of lubrication.

Cooling:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.




4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicatorlight will illuminate.)

5. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thecool (left) position.

. For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, push the air recirculationbutton to the ON position. Be sure topush the air recirculation button to the OFFposition for normal cooling.

. A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the airis cooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.

Dehumidified heating:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify theair.






Dehumidified defogging:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode is used to defog the windows anddehumidify the air.





Black plate (175,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA1792

1. Air flow control dial

2. Temperature control dial

3. Fan speed control dial

4. Rear window defroster button (See “Rearwindow and outside mirror defroster switch” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

5. Outside air circulation /Air recirculationbutton

6. A/C (Air Conditioner) button

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONERS35-D-110201-BEC77647-C26F-4618-9EB8-9389ACFE0521

Automatic operation (AUTO)S35-D-110201-1871447E-05CD-4F57-8BBF-AD87DCECB2B3

The AUTO mode may be used all year around asthe system automatically controls constanttemperature, air flow distribution and fan speed.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn thefan speed control dial to the OFF position.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Turn the air flow control dial and fan speedcontrol dial to the AUTO position.

2. If the A/C indicator light does not illuminate,push the A/C button. (The A/C indicatorlight will illuminate.)

3. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

4. Press the outside air circulation /airrecirculation button once to changeoperation of the air conditioner in thefollowing order.

Air recirculation mode?Outside air circula-tion mode�?Automatic control mode�?Airrecirculation mode

When automatic control mode is set, the airrecirculation indicator and outside air circu-lation indicator will turn off.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Heating (A/C off):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Turn the air flow control dial and fan speedcontrol dial to the AUTO position.

2. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push theA/C button. (The A/C indicator light will turnoff.)

3. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

4. Press the outside air circulation /airrecirculation button once to changeoperation of the air conditioner in thefollowing order.


Black plate (176,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Air recirculation mode?Outside air circula-tion mode�?Automatic control mode�?Airrecirculation mode

When automatic control mode is set, the airrecirculation indicator and outside air circu-lation indicator will turn off.. Do not set the temperature lower than the

outside air temperature. Doing so maycause the temperature to not be con-trolled properly.

. If the windows fog up, use dehumidifiedheating instead of the A/C off heating.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Turn the fan speed control dial to the desiredposition.


3. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.. To remove frost from the outside surface

of the windshield quickly, set the tem-perature control dial and fan speedcontrol dial to their maximum position.

. After the windshield is cleared, turn theair flow control dial to the AUTO positionto set to the automatic mode.

. When the or position isselected, the air conditioner will auto-

matically turn on when the outside airtemperature is above 238F (−58C) todefog the windshield. The air recircula-tion mode will automatically turn off. Theoutside air circulation mode will beselected to improve the defogging per-formance.

Manual operationS35-D-110201-64BD9C67-FE06-4C14-8430-C1B0E10FB963

The manual mode can be used to control theheater and air conditioner to your desiredsettings.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn thefan control dial to the OFF position.

Fan speed control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise toincrease the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwiseto decrease the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control dial to the AUTOposition to change the fan speed to theautomatic mode.

Air flow control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the air flow control dial to change the airflow mode.

: Air flows from the center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from the center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

: Air flows from the defroster and footoutlets.

Temperature control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

Air recirculation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the outside air circulation /air recircu-lation button to change the air circulationmode.

When the indicator below the air recirculationicon is illuminated, the flowing air is

recirculated inside the vehicle.

Outside air circulation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the outside air circulation /air recircu-lation button to change the air circulationmode.

When the indicator below the outside aircirculation icon is illuminated, the flowingair is drawing from outside the vehicle.

Automatic air intake control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Press the outside air circulation /air recircu-lation button once to change operation ofthe air conditioner in the following order.

Black plate (177,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Air recirculation mode ?Outside air circulationmode�?Automatic control mode�?Air recircula-tion mode

When automatic control mode is set, the airrecirculation indicator and outside air circulationindicator will turn off.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERGUID-DF641D2F-1DDE-4BEF-B8EC-51EC605C221C

The air conditioning system is equipped with anin-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter according to the specified maintenance logshown in the NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide. To replace the filter, contact a NISSANdealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog upeasily when operating the heater or air con-ditioning system.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONERGUID-6DED59C6-5F9F-4BD9-990B-85372E93B241

The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant will notharm the earth’s ozone layer. Special char-ging equipment and lubricant are required whenservicing your NISSAN air conditioner. Usingimproper refrigerants or lubricants will causesevere damage to your air conditioner system.

(See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-cants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section.)

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioner system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant underhigh pressure. To avoid personal injury,any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technicianwith the proper equipment. SAA2263

SAA1233


Black plate (178,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


OPERATING TIPS (for automatic airconditioner)

S35-D-110201-204DEB50-2997-43B8-918C-A846A9D5B972

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate. However,this is not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, the air flow from thefoot outlets will operate normally.

The sensors *1 and *2 , located on theinstrument panel, help maintain a constanttemperature. Do not put anything on or aroundthe sensors.

S35-D-110201-FF22825B-7F99-4AB6-9E28-41EB279FC012

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSS35-D-110201-3D092FAC-8CEF-44D7-BBC0-FFCD53E6E3D9

RadioS35-D-110201-3A22B0FB-171D-47DD-B377-D4B26CA92D9C

Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and push the radio band select buttonto turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio withthe engine not running, the ignition switchshould be placed in the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. Thesecharacteristics are completely normal in a givenreception area, and do not indicate any mal-

function in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from othervehicles can work against ideal reception.Described below are some of the factors thatcan affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing thedevice in a different location may reduce oreliminate the noise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

Black plate (179,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA0306

FM radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related to thedistance between the transmitter and receiver.FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibitingmany of the same characteristics as light. Forexample they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position,usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter, static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by lowering thetreble setting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

AM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics. AM signals are alsosubject to interference as they travel fromtransmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the satellite radio is used for the first timeor the battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not amalfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with thesatellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of anymetal or large building for the satellite radio toreceive all of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

The satellite radio performance may be affectedif cargo carried on the roof blocks the satelliteradio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo near the satelliteantenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antennacan affect satellite radio performance. Removethe ice to restore satellite radio reception.


Black plate (180,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) playerS35-D-110201-9FC2147B-E5F1-441F-8BDC-D54E3944EFF9

. Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CD and/or CD player.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to the humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or

ventilate the player completely.

. The player may skip while driving on roughroads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot functionwhen the passenger compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) rounddiscs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched,covered with fingerprints, or that have pinholes may not work properly.

. The following CDs may not work properly:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as they maycause the CD player to malfunction.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched, or haveabnormal edges

. This audio system can only play prerecordedCDs. It has no capabilities to record or burnCDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly(the label side is facing up, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is an error due to the temperature insidethe player is too high. Remove the CD bypushing the EJECT button, and after a shorttime reinsert the CD. The CD can be playedwhen the temperature of the player returnsto normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio system(only MP3 or WMA CD).

Interface System for iPod® (vehicleswithout USB port) (if so equipped)

GUID-3A8512AF-54E3-401F-83B8-5E5BCB445CFC

. Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayedproperly on the vehicle display. We recom-mend using English language characterswith an iPod®.

. Large video podcast files cause slowresponses in the iPod®. The vehicle displaymay momentarily black out, but it will soonrecover.

Black plate (181,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. If the iPod® automatically selects large videopodcast files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle display may momentarily black out,but it will soon recover.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® may causea checkmark to be displayed on and off(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®

is connected properly.

. The iPod nano® (2nd Generation) willcontinue to fast forward or rewind if it isdisconnected during a seek operation.

. An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using the iPodnano® (2nd Generation).

. Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on the iPod®.

. The iPod nano® (1st Generation) mayremain in fast forward or rewind mode if itis connected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPod®.

. If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generationwith Dock connector), do not use very longnames for the song title, album name orartist name to avoid the iPod® from resettingitself.

. Be careful not to do the following, or thecable could be damaged and a loss offunction may occur.

— Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40mm) radius minimum).

— Twist the cable excessively (more than180 degrees).

— Pull or drop the cable.

— Store objects with sharp edges in thestorage where the cable is stored.

— Spill liquids on the cable and connectors.

. Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if thecable and/or connectors are wet. It maydamage the iPod®.

. If the cable and connectors are exposed towater, allow the cable and/or connectors todry completely before connecting the cableto the iPod® (wait 24 hours for it to dry).

. If the connector is exposed to fluids otherthan water, evaporative residue may cause ashort between the connector pins. In thiscase, replace the cable, otherwise damageto the iPod® and a loss of function mayoccur.

. If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contamination such asliquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), donot use the cable and contact a NISSANdealer to replace the cable with a new one.

. When not in use for extended periods oftime, store the cable in a clean, dust freeenvironment at room temperature and with-

out direct sun exposure.

. Do not use the cable for any other purposesother than its intended use in the vehicle.

. iPod® charging is only possible for devicesthat support charging via a FireWire®

connection.* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable with this

system.

* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are trademarks ofApple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

USB (Universal Serial Bus) devices (if soequipped)

S35-D-110201-4ADBF1EE-61FC-4537-A838-76C3A039A813

WARNING

Do not connect or disconnect the USBdevice while driving. Doing so can be adistraction. If distracted you could losecontrol of your vehicle and cause anaccident or serious injury.

CAUTION

. Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the port


Black plate (182,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


may damage the USB device andthe port. Make sure that the USBdevice is connected correctly intothe USB port.

. Do not grab the USB port cover (ifso equipped) when pulling the USBdevice out of the port. This coulddamage the port and the cover.

. Do not leave the USB cable in aplace where it can be pulled unin-tentionally. Pulling the cable maybreak the wire, USB device or theport.

. To avoid damage and loss of func-tion when using a USB device, notethe following precautions.

— Do not bend the cable exces-sively (1.6 in (40 mm) radiusminimum).

— Do not twist the cable exces-sively (more than 180 degrees).

— Do not pull or drop the cable.

— Do not hit or press the USB portor USB device with hands, feet,or objects.

— Do not store objects with sharpedges in the storage area where

the cable is stored.

— Do not leave the USB device andattached devices in the vehiclecompartment. When not in usefor extended periods of time,store the cable and USB devicein a clean, dust free environmentat room temperature and with-out direct sun exposure.

— Do not use the cable for anyother purposes than its intendeduse in the vehicle.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device.USB devices should be purchased separatelyas necessary.

This system cannot be used to format USBdevices. To format a USB device, use a personalcomputer.

In some states/area, the USB device for thefront seats plays only sound without images forregulatory reasons, even when the vehicle isparked.

This system supports various USB memorydevices, USB hard drives and iPod® players.Some USB devices may not be supported bythis system.

. Partitioned USB devices may not be playedcorrectly.

. Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayedproperly on display. Using English languagecharacters with a USB device is recom-mended.

General notes for USB use:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The USB device may not function when thepassenger compartment temperature is ex-tremely high. Lower the temperature beforeuse.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the USB device and dehu-midify or ventilate the USB player comple-tely.

. Do not connect a USB device if a connector,cable or USB port is wet. Allow theconnector, cable, and USB port to drycompletely before connecting the USBdevice. (Wait for 24 hours or more until itis dry.) If the connector and USB port areexposed to fluids other than water, evapora-tive residue may cause a short circuitbetween the connector pins and USB port.In this case, replace the cable and USB port.Otherwise damage to the USB device and aloss of function may occur.

Black plate (183,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contamination such asliquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), donot use the cable. Replace the cable with anew one.

. Do not put a USB device in a location wherestatic electricity occurs, electrical noise isgenerated or hot air from the air conditionerblows directly on it. Doing so may cause thedata stored on the USB device to becorrupted.

Notes for iPod® use:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® may causea checkmark to be displayed on and off(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®

is connected properly.

. An iPod nano® (1st Generation) may remainin fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it isdisconnected during a seek operation.

. An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using an iPodnano® (2nd Generation)

. Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on an iPod®.

. Large video files cause slow responses in aniPod®. The vehicle display may momentarilyblack out, but will soon recover.

. If an iPod® automatically selects large videofiles while in the shuffle mode, the vehicledisplay may momentarily black out, but willsoon recover.

Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA)S35-D-110201-C3996133-4D8C-45B5-A30C-933C6D736EBF

Explanation of terms:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track can reduce the file size byapproximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually noperceptible loss in quality. The compressionreduces certain parts of sound that seeminaudible to most people.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of moredigital audio tracks in the same amount of

space when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music file.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signalare converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once iscalled a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, album title,encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.ID3 tag information is displayed on theAlbum/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-tered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.


Black plate (184,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA2494

Playback order:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The folder names of folders not containingcompressed audio files are not shown in thedisplay.

. If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,“Root Folder” is displayed.

. The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software, sothe files might not play in the desired order.

. Music playback order of compressed audiofiles is as illustrated.

Black plate (185,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Specification chart (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) arenot supported.

Supported versions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9



Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM LittleEndian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.


Black plate (186,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type A)):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) arenot supported.

USB memory: FAT16, FAT32


MP3

Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3



WMA*2




Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

CD, CD-R, CD-RW Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

USBFolder levels: 8, Folders 255, Files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder)Memory size: 4GB

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM LittleEndian), 07: SHIFT-JIS


*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.


*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

Black plate (187,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

Supported file systemsISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packetwriting) is not supported.


MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5


Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

WMA



Bit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR

Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*201: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM LittleEndian)




Black plate (188,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) beforeusing the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codesand number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofMP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time before the musicstarts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be requiredbefore the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next song when playing.When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play isprohibited by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to thenext song.

The songs do not play back in the desired order.The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not playin the desired order.

Black plate (189,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


Cannot play

Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.


Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) beforeusing the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)” or “.WMA (.wma)” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes andnumber of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofcompressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.


Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.


If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music startsplaying.



Move immediately to the next song when playing.If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited bycopyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in the desired order.The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in thedesired order.

Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.


Black plate (190,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.


Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) beforeusing the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data)will be played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codesand number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.


Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Bit rate may be too low.


If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be requiredbefore the music starts playing.



Move immediately to the next song when playingWhen a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3” or “.wma”, or when play isprohibited by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to thenext song.

Songs do not play back in the desired order The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not playin the desired order.

Black plate (191,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA2782

1. MUTE button

2. DISP (display)/TEXT button

3. FM·AM radio band select button

4. CD PLAY button

5. Station preset buttons

6. iPod® button

7. AUX (auxiliary) button

8. Audio display

9. CLOCK button

10. CD EJECT button

11. iPod® MENU button

12. SEEK/TRACK button

13. ENTER button

14 BACK button

15. PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob

16 AUX IN jack

17. AUDIO button

18. TUNE/FF·REW button

19. SCAN/RPT (repeat) button

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC(CD) PLAYER

S35-D-110201-7F3EC8FB-22B5-4244-A10C-C0DBE2251A7F

For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” earlier in this section.

Audio main operationS35-D-110201-CB88F338-7D68-4C7D-B2E4-2761839D6DD6

Head unit:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the PWR button whilethe system is off to call up the normal mode(radio, CD, AUX and iPod®) which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the PWR buttonturns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

MUTE button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the button to mute the audio sound.

Push the button again to release the mute


Black plate (192,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


setting.

AUDIO button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the AUDIO button to change the selectingmode as follows.

NOS2545

Push the TUNE ( , ) or SEEK ( , )button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desiredlevel. Use the TUNE or SEEK button also toadjust Fade or Balance modes. Fade adjusts thesound level between the front and rear speakersand Balance adjusts the sound between theright and left speakers.

To turn the beep sound off or on, push the TUNEor SEEK button until the desired mode isdisplayed. This turns on or off the beep soundwhen audio buttons are pushed.

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (SpdSen Vol) mode to OFF, LOW, MID or HIGH,push the TUNE or SEEK button until the desiredmode is displayed.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to thedesired level, push the AUDIO button repeatedlyuntil the normal mode display reappears. Other-wise, the normal mode display will automaticallyreappear after approximately 5 seconds.

CLOCK button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the CLOCK button to turn on or off theCLOCK display.

SIC4131

Adjust the clock according to the followingprocedure.

1. Push and hold the CLOCK button*1 untilthe clock display starts to flash.

2. Push the SEEK/TRACK button*2 to adjustthe hours.

3. Push the TUNE/FF·REW button *3 toadjust the minutes.

4. Push the CLOCK button *1 again to exitthe clock set mode.

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 5 seconds.

Black plate (193,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Radio operationS35-D-110201-5CFF91BB-BBB0-4B7F-B234-E74EABB5CC53

Radio (FM/AM) band select:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the TUNE button or for manualtuning. To move quickly through the stations,push and hold the TUNE button.

SEEK tuning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SEEK button or to tune fromlow to high or high to low frequencies and tostop at the next broadcasting station.

SCAN tuning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SCAN button to tune from low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again

during this 5 seconds period will stop SCANtuning and the radio will remain tuned to thatstation.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

to Station memory operations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations can be set for the FM band (6 eachfor FM1 and FM2), and 6 can be set for the AMband for easy access.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Push and hold the desired radio stationpreset button to until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the radiostation preset button is pushed.)

4. The station indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Radio Data System (RDS):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is adata information service transmitted by someradio stations on the FM band (not AM band)encoded within a regular radio broadcast.Currently, most RDS stations are in large cities,but many stations are now considering broad-casting RDS data.

RDS can display:

. Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

. Station name, such as “The Groove”.

. Music or programming type such as “Clas-sical”, “Country” or “Rock”.

. Traffic reports about delays or construction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, theRDS icon is displayed.

RADIO DISPLAY change:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISP button is pushed during the FMradio mode, the radio display will change in thefollowing order.

FM radio:

Frequency ↔ PS (Programme Service)/PTY(Programme type)

In the FM radio mode, pushing the DISP buttonwill switch the frequency display to the PTYdisplay (if available), and if the DISP button isnot pushed again within 5 seconds, it will


Black plate (194,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


automatically switch to the PS display. If PTY isnot available, pressing the DISP button will onlyswitch between the frequency display and thePS display.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationS35-D-110201-8EDF958F-CBBC-4976-8BEB-2FC7318F874F

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and insert the CD into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The CD will be guidedautomatically into the slot and start playing.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc will appear on the display.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

CD PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD button is pushed with the systemoff and the CD loaded, the system will turn onand the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CDloaded and the radio playing, the radio willautomatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

CD play information:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISP button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, thedisc information display will change as follows:

CD:

NOS2585

CD with MP3 or WMA:

NOS2586

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

CD:

When the or button is pushed whilethe CD is being played, the CD will play whilefast forwarding or rewinding. When the button isreleased, the CD will return to normal playspeed.

CD with MP3 or WMA:

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the folders in the CD will change.

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,

the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding.When the button is released, the CD will returnto the normal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the program next to the presentone will start to play from its beginning. Pushseveral times to skip through programs. The CDwill advance the number of times the button ispushed. (When the last program on the CD isskipped through, the first program will beplayed.)

When the button is pushed, the programbeing played returns to its beginning. Pushseveral times to skip back through programs.The CD will go back the number of times thebutton is pushed.


When the SCAN tuning button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the beginning of all the tracks of CD willbe played for 10 seconds in sequence.

Pushing the button again during this 10 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next

Black plate (195,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

disc program.

RANDOM (RDM)/REPEAT (RPT):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, theplay pattern can be changed as follows:

CD:

NOS2554

CD with MP3 or WMA:

NOS2587

CD EJECT:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will come out and thesystem will turn off.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

SAA3427

Interface system for iPod® operationS35-D-110201-B1BD16DD-8E4F-4352-971B-0EE7967EDE42

Connecting iPod®:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The iPod® outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Connect the cable *1 asillustrated, and then connect the other end ofthe cable to your iPod® *2 . Your vehicle isequipped with the specialized cable for con-necting the iPod® to your vehicle audio unit. Thebattery of your iPod® is charged while it isconnected to the vehicle if the iPod® supportscharging via a FireWire® connection.

When the connection is complete, a NISSANlogo will be displayed on the iPod® and an iPod®

icon on the audio display illuminates. While

connecting the iPod® to the vehicle, the iPod®

can only be operated by the vehicle audiocontrols.

To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,fully depress the center connector button tounlatch the connector and pull the connectorstraight out of the outlet. To disconnect thecable from the iPod®, fully depress the sideconnector buttons and pull the iPod® connectorstraight out of the iPod®.

* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are a trademarkof Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

Compatibility:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The following models are available:

. Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version3.1.1 or later)

. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version1.1.2 or later)

. First generation iPod Classic® (Firmwareversion 1.3 or later)

. Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmwareversion 1.3 or later)

. First, second and third generation iPodtouch® (Firmware version 3.1.0 or later)

. First and second generation iPod mini®

(Firmware version 1.4.1 or later)


Black plate (196,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. iPod photo® (Firmware version 1.2 or later)

. First generation iPod nano® (Firmware ver-sion 1.3.1 or later)

. Second generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.2 or later)

. iPhone® (Firmware version 3.1 or later)

. iPhone® 3G (Firmware version 3.1 or later)

. iPhone® 3GS (Firmware version 3.1 or later)

The fourth and fifth generation iPod nano®, iPodtouch®, the second generation iPod Classic®

and iPhone® 3G may not work with the systemin some cases.

Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated.

* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable withthis system.

iPod® button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the iPod® button to switchto the iPod® mode.

If another audio source is playing and the iPod®

is connected, pushing the iPod® button changesto the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®

was playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe iPod®.

Top menu item selecting:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the iPod® MENU button is pushed whilethe iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®

operation is shown on the audio display. Theitems on the menu list can be scrolled bypushing the SEEK button or and theTUNE button or while the iPod® isoperational. To select an item, push ENTER. Thedisplay can be changed as follows:

NOS2559

For more information about each item, see theiPod® Owner’s Manual.

ENTER, BACK button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. When the ENTER button is pushed whilethe top menu is displayed, program detailsare shown on the audio display.

. To select the program, push to search usingthe SEEK or and ENTER button.

. When the BACK button is pushed, it returnsto the previous display.

iPod® play information:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISP button is pushed while aprogram is being played, the program informa-tion display will change as follows:

NOS2560

* Artist Name will not be displayed for a Podcast.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind) button:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, theiPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewind-ing. When the button is released, the iPod® willreturn to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, thenext track or the beginning of the current trackon the iPod® will be played.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW button:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing,numbers of tracks can be skipped through.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while iPod® is playing, the next

Black plate (197,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

track or the beginning of the current track on theiPod® will be played.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

Except Podcast and Audiobook:

NOS2562

Podcast:

ALL REPEAT ↔ TRACK REPEAT

Audiobook:

NOS2563

AUX (Auxiliary) inputS35-D-110201-62552443-6B6E-4335-BC14-EDB1F675D5A5

AUX IN jack:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computer.

AUX (Auxiliary) button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

With an AUX device plugged in, push the AUXbutton repeatedly until the display changes tothe AUX mode.

When the AUX button is pushed with no deviceplugged into the jack, the audio system does notchange to the AUX mode.

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereomini plug cable when connecting your musicdevice to the audio system. Music may not playproperly when a monaural cable is used.


Black plate (198,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


JVH0160X

Models with satellite radio

Black plate (199,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

JVH0339X

Models without satellite radio

1. FM·AM band select button

2. CD EJECT button

3. XM band select button/CD button

4. DISP (display) button

5. Color display

6. iPod® MENU button

7. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button for

SEEK/TRACK

8. Radio SCAN tuning button

9. Radio CAT (category)/FF (fast forward) buttonfor SEEK/TRACK

10. BACK button

11. CD·AUX button/AUX button

12. PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob

13. RPT (repeat) play button

14. RDM (random) play button

15. Radio station preset select buttons

16. AUX IN jack

17. TUNE·SCROLL control knob/TUNE·FOLDERcontrol knob

18. ENTER/SETTING button

FM-AM-SAT(if so equipped) RADIOWITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER(Type A)

S35-D-110201-36B80692-3C57-45F7-900C-1872B77C8641


For models with satellite radio:

. No satellite radio reception is available whenthe SAT band option is selected unless theoptional satellite receiver and antenna areinstalled, and there is an active SiriusXMSatellite Radio subscription.

. The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. Thesatellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

. It may take some time to receive theactivation signal after subscribing the Sir-iusXM Satellite Radio. After receiving theactivation signal, an available channel list willbe automatically updated in the radio. Placethe ignition switch from LOCK to ACC toupdate the channel list.


Black plate (200,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Audio main operationS35-D-110201-62364244-60D7-41AF-886E-4DC38A679472



PWR/Volume control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the PWR button whilethe system is off to turn on the last audio source,which was playing immediately before thesystem was turned off. While the system is on,pushing the PWR button turns the system off.


ENTER/SETTING button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The settings screen will appear when pushingthe ENTER/SETTING button.

The following items are available in the settingsscreen.

. Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade

Controls the sound of the audio system.Balance adjusts the sound between the leftand right speakers. Fade adjusts the soundbetween the front and rear speakers.

Select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance” or“Fade” using the TUNE·SCROLL orTUNE·FOLDER control knob and then push

the ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the TU-NE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER controlknob to adjust the Bass, Treble, Balanceand Fade of the screen to the preferredlevel.

. Speed Sens Vol.

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume(Speed Sens Vol.) level from off (0) to 5,turn the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDERcontrol knob.

. AUX Vol.

Controls the volume level of incoming soundwhen an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. To change the AUX Vol. level from 0(off) to 3, turn the TUNE·SCROLL orTUNE·FOLDER control knob.

. Brightness and Contrast

Adjust the brightness and contrast of thescreen.

Select the “Brightness” or “Contrast” usingthe TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER con-trol knob and then push the ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the TUNE·SCROLLor TUNE·FOLDER control knob to adjust thebrightness and contrast of the screen to thepreferred level.

. Clock Adjust

Adjust the clock according to the followingprocedure.

JVH0117X

1. Push the ENTER/SETTING button *1 until“Setting Clock” and “Clock Adjust” appear onthe display.

2. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDERcontrol knob*2 to adjust the hour.

3. Push the ENTER/SETTING button*1 .

4. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDERcontrol knob*2 to adjust the minute.

5. Push the ENTER/SETTING button*1 .

. On-Screen Clock

When this item is turned on, a clock isalways displayed in the upper right corner ofthe screen.

Select the “On-Screen Clock” using theTUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER controlknob and then push the ENTER/SETTING

Black plate (201,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

button. You can toggle between ON andOFF us ing the TUNE·SCROLL orTUNE·FOLDER control knob.

. RDS Display

When this has been set to ON, RDS (radiodata system) information will be shown onthe display. Select RDS Display and thenpush the ENTER/SETTING button. You cantoggle between ON and OFF using theTUNE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER controlknob.

. iPod Menu language

The iPod menu language can be set toEnglish, French or Spanish.

Select iPod menu language and then pushthe ENTER/SETTING button. Use the TU-NE·SCROLL or TUNE·FOLDER controlknob to select the preferred language.

DISP button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Display of the screen can be canceled bypushing the DISP button. You can then listento music that is being played back. If you want todisplay the screen again, either push the DISPbutton once more or push the FM·AM, SiriusXMSatellite Radio or CD·AUX button.

Switching the display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Models with satellite radio

Pushing the CD·AUX button will switch thedisplays as follows:

CD ? iPod®/USB ? AUX ? CD

. Models without satellite radio

Pushing the AUX button will switch thedisplays as follows:

iPod®/USB ? AUX ? iPod®/USB

BACK button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the BACK button is pushed, it returns tothe previous display.

FM-AM-SAT(if so equipped) radio op-eration

S35-D-110201-60FFC3FC-9361-461B-81BC-20D3709F43CC

radio (FM/AM) band select:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

radio (SAT) band select (models withsatellite radio):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the XM band select button will changethe band as follows:

XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1

When the XM band select button is pushed

while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe PWR button is pushed to ON.

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.



. For AM and FM radio

Turn the rad io TUNE·SCROLL orTUNE·FOLDER control knob for manualtuning.

. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio

Turn the rad io TUNE·SCROLL orTUNE·FOLDER control knob to seek chan-nels from all of the categories when anycategory is not selected.


Black plate (202,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SEEK tuning/CAT (category)(models with satellite radio):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


Push the SEEK button or to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcasting station.


Push the SEEK button or to tuneto the first channel of the next or previouscategory.


Push the Radio SCAN tuning button to tunefrom low to high frequencies and stop at eachbroadcasting station/channel for 5 seconds.Pushing the button again during this 5 secondsperiod will stop SCAN tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station/channel.

If the Radio SCAN tuning button is not pushedwithin 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to thenext station/channel.

*1 to*6 Station memory operations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 12 for SiriusXMSatellite Radio (6 each for XM1 and XM2) (if soequipped) and 6 stations can be set for the AMband.


2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK·CAT (models with satellite radio),SEEK·TRACK (models without satelliteradio), SCAN button or the radio TUNE·SC-ROLL or TUNE·FOLDER control knob.

3. Push and hold the desired station presetbutton*1 to*6 until the radio mutes.



If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations/channels.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationS35-D-110201-958C8E38-8A90-4269-B514-51CE021D428B

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD) intothe slot with the label side facing up. The CD willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

After loading the CD, the number of tracks onthe CD and the play time will appear on thedisplay.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-

matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe CD.


(models with satellite radio)(models without satellite radio)PLAY:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD·AUX or CD button is pushed withthe system off and the CD loaded, the systemwill turn on and the CD will start to play.

When the CD·AUX or CD button is pushed withthe CD loaded and the radio playing, the radiowill automatically be turned off and the CD willstart to play.

Next/Previous Track and FastForward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the FF or REW button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the CD will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

When the FF or REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack on the CD will be played.

Black plate (203,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

REPEAT (RPT):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT play button is pushed while theCD is played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

(CD)

Normal Û 1 Track Repeat

(CD with compressed audio files)

Normal? 1 Folder Repeat? 1 Track Repeat?Normal

RANDOM (RDM):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RDM play button is pushed while aCD is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

(CD)

Normal Û 1 Disc Random

(CD with compressed audio files)

Normal ? 1 Disc Random ? 1 Folder Random? Normal



When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will be ejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it

will be pulled back into the slot to protectit.



AUX (Auxiliary) inputS35-D-110201-E0FF4825-DE84-48E0-9279-016D03B82FF0


The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computer.

CD·AUX (models with satellite radio)AUX (models without satellite radio)

button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the AUX button is pushed with no deviceplugged into the jack, the audio system does notchange to the AUX mode.


SAA3434

USB memory operationS35-D-110201-BBB7A1D4-6F01-42CB-BE51-82F827F232A4

Audio main operation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The USB outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Open the lid and connect a USBmemory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USBmemory mode automatically.

If the system has been turned off while the USBmemory was playing, pushing the PWR buttonwill start the USB memory.


Black plate (204,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


CAUTION

. Depending on size and shape ofUSB device, the console lid may notfully close. Do not force console lidclosed as this may damage USBdevice.

. Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the portmay damage the USB device andthe port. Make sure that the USBdevice is connected correctly intothe USB port. (Some USB devicescome with a mark as a guide.Make sure that the mark is facingthe correct direction before insert-ing the device.)

. Do not locate objects near the USBdevice to prevent the objects fromleaning on the USB device and theport. Pressure from the objects maydamage the USB device and theport.

(models with satellite radio)(models without satellite radio) PLAY:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the AUX button is pushed with the systemoff and the USB memory inserted, the systemwill turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USBmemory is inserted, push the AUX buttonrepeatedly until the center display changes tothe USB memory mode.

Next/Previous File and FastForward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the FF or REW button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while a USB memory is beingplayed, the USB memory will play while for-warding or rewinding. When the button isreleased, the USB memory will return to normalplay speed.

When the FF or REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the USB memory isbeing played, the next track or the beginning ofthe current track on the USB memory will beplayed.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the USB memory is beingplayed.

Folder selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To change to another folder in the USB memory,turn the folder selector or choose a folderdisplayed on the screen using the multi-functioncontroller.


When the RPT button is pushed while the USBmemory is played, the play pattern can bechange as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RPT buttonrepeatedly and the mode will change as follows.

Normal? 1 Folder Repeat? 1 Track Repeat?Normal

RANDOM (RDM):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RDM button is pushed while a USBmemory is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RDM buttonrepeatedly, and the mode will change as follows.

Normal ? All Random ? 1 Folder Random ?Normal



Black plate (205,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

JVH0121X

iPod® player operationS35-D-110201-45FBF3C4-1CC5-4DB6-A3EE-952B17BC488A


The USB outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Open the lid and connect theiPod® cable to the USB connector. The batteryof the iPod® is charged while the connection tothe vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod®, thedisplay on the iPod® shows a NISSAN orAccessory Attached screen when the connec-tion is completed. When the iPod® is connectedto the vehicle, the iPod® music library can onlybe operated by the vehicle audio controls.

* iPod® and iPhone® are a trademark of Apple

Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

CAUTION

. Depending on size and shape ofiPod® and iPod® cable, the consolelid may not fully close. Do not forceconsole lid closed as this maydamage iPod® and iPod® cable.

. Do not force the iPod® cable intothe USB port. Inserting the iPod®

cable tilted or up-side-down into theport may damage the iPod® cableand the port. Make sure that theiPod® cable is connected correctlyinto the USB port. (Some iPod®

cable come with a mark as aguide. Make sure that the mark isfacing the correct direction beforeinserting the iPod® cable.)

. Do not locate objects near the iPod®

cable to prevent the objects fromleaning on the iPod® cable and theport. Pressure from the objects maydamage the iPod® cable and theport.



. Third generation iPhone® (Firmware versionIOS4/4.0)

. Fourth generation iPhone® (Firmware ver-sion IOS4/4.0)

. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version1.3)

. First generation iPod Classic® (Firmwareversion 1.1.1 or 1.1.2PC)

. Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmwareversion 2.0.1)

. First generation iPod touch® (Firmwareversion 1.1.5 or 2.2.1)

. Second and third generation iPod touch®

(Firmware version 2.2.1 or IOS4/4.0.0)

. First generation iPod nano® (Firmware ver-sion 1.3.1)

. Second generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.1.3)

. Third generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.1.2PC or 1.1.3PC)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (Firmwareversion 1.0.2 or 1.0.4)

. Fifth generation iPod nano® (Firmware ver-sion 1.0.1 or 1.0.2)

The iPod touch® may not response quickly withthe system in some cases.


Black plate (206,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated.


Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the CD·AUX button repeat-edly to switch to the iPod® mode.



iPod® MENU button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the iPod® button to switchto the iPod® mode.

If another audio source is playing and the iPod®

is connected, pushing the iPod® button changesto the iPod® mode.



When the iPod® MENU button is pushed whilethe iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®

operation is shown on the audio display. Theitems on the menu list can be scrolled bypushing the or while the iPod® isoperational. To select an item, push ENTER.Items in the iPod menu appear on the display inthe following order.

. Now playing

. Playlists

. Artists

. Albums

. songs

. Podcasts

. Genres

. Composers

. Audiobooks

. Shuffle songs

For more information about each item, see theiPod® Owner’s Manual.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the FF or REW button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, theiPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewind-ing. When the button is released, the iPod® willreturn to the normal play speed.

When the FF or REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, thenext track or the beginning of the current trackon the iPod® will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the iPod® is playing.


When the RPT play button is pushed while atrack is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

Repeat Off ? 1 Track Repeat? All Repeat ?Repeat Off

Random (RDM):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RDM play button is pushed while atrack is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

Shuffle Off ? Track Shuffle ? Albums Shuffle? Shuffle Off



Black plate (207,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SAA3425

1. XM band select button

2. CD insert slot

3. CD EJECT button

4. TUNE/SCROLL and AUDIO control knob

5. Radio station preset buttons

6. AUX button

7. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

8. FF (forward)/REW (rewind) or SEEK/CATE-GORY button

9. CD button

10. FM·AM band select button

No satellite radio reception is available unless anSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription is active.

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B)

S35-D-110201-A34993EA-D4E6-4D0E-A0D9-4178E013D125


The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing the SiriusXM SatelliteRadio. After receiving the activation signal, anavailable channel list will be automaticallyupdated in the radio. Place the ignition switchfrom LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main operationS35-D-110201-EC1E62D8-FD17-46CD-9549-AB5994BB95AB



ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to turn on the last audiosource, which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off. While the system ison, pushing the ON·OFF button turns the systemoff.


Black plate (208,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]



Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, pushthe Audio control knob. When the display showsthe setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio controlknob to set the desired setting. For the othersetting methods, see “How to use touch screen”earlier in this section.

This vehicle has some sound effect functions asfollows:

. Speed Volume

For more details, see “How to use the setupbutton” earlier in this section.

Adjusting AUX level:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The volume level of incoming sound can beselected from “Quiet”, “Medium” and “Loud”when an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. For more details, see “How to use thesetup button” earlier in this section.

Switching the display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the AUX button will switch the displaysbetween USB/iPod® and AUX.

FM-AM-SAT radio operationS35-D-110201-0C647E9F-E647-4371-8C51-BFF85FD6BA69

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.


FM·AM radio band select:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

SiriusXM Satellite Radio band se-lect:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the XM band select button will changethe band as follows:

XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.



Turn the TUNE knob for manual tuning.


Turn the TUNE knob to seek channels fromall of the categories when any category isnot selected.

SEEK tuning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button orto tune from low to high or high to low

frequencies and to stop at the next broad-casting station.


Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button orto tune to the first channel of the next or

previous category.

Tuning with the touch screen (AM and FMradio):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When in AM or FM mode, the radio can betuned using the touch screen. To bring up thevisual tuner, touch the “Tune” key on the lowerright corner of the screen. A screen appearswith a bar running from low frequencies on theleft to high frequencies on the right. Touch thescreen at the location of the frequency you wishto tune and the station will change to that

Black plate (209,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

frequency. To return to the regular radio displayscreen, touch the “OK” key.

to Station memory operations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for SiriusXMSatellite Radio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3)and 6 stations can be set for the AM band.


2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK/CATEGORY button or the TUNEknob.

3. Push and hold the desired station presetbutton to until the beep sound isheard.



If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations/channels.

Touch screen (SiriusXM Satellite Radio):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is beingplayed, the following items are available with thetouch screen operation.

. Channels

Displays a list of channels. Touch a preferredchannel displayed on the list to change tothat channel.

. Categories

Displays a list of categories. Touch apreferred channel displayed on the list todisplay options within that category.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationS35-D-110201-63B58E87-669C-4423-9305-86EC6AF5209B

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD) intothe slot with the label side facing up. The CD willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the CD.


PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD button is pushed with the systemoff and the CD loaded, the system will turn onand the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CDloaded and the radio playing, the radio will

automatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

While listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD,certain text may be displayed (when a CDencoded with text is being used). Depending onhow the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, thetext is displayed listing the artist, album andsong title.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the CD will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack on the CD will be played.

When the rewind button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the currenttrack starts playing, the previous track will beplayed.


Black plate (210,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SAA3401

Random:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the CD. When the random mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,touching “Random” alternates between ran-domly playing songs within the current folderand songs from the CD as a whole. Theicon is displayed to the left of the song title orfolder name to denote which pattern is applied.To cancel Random mode, touch the “Random”key until no icon is displayed.

SAA3402

Repeat:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the CD. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,touching “Repeat” alternates between repeatingthe current song and repeating the currentfolder. The icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or folder name to denote whichpattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode,touch the “Repeat” key until no icon isdisplayed.

Browse:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the “Browse” key to display the titles onthe CD in list format. Touch the title of a song in

the list to begin playing that song. If an MP3 CDis playing, touching the “Browse” key will alsolist the folders on the disc. Follow the procedurefor selecting a song with the touch screen tochoose a folder.



When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will be ejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

AUX (Auxiliary) inputS35-D-110201-BFB01D76-4C28-4AB6-9B76-289AAED6BAD3


The AUX IN jack is located in the center console.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computer.

AUX (Auxiliary) button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To switch to the AUX mode, push the AUXbutton when a compatible audio device isconnected into the AUX IN jack.

When the AUX button is pushed with no device

Black plate (211,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

plugged into the jack, the audio system does notchange to the AUX mode.


SAA3433

USB memory operationGUID-D2715C02-97AF-46F9-A58E-16E8B12F9706


The USB outlet connector is located in thecenter console. Open the lid and connect a USBmemory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USBmemory mode automatically.

If the system has been turned off while the USBmemory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLcontrol knob will start the USB memory.

CAUTION

. Depending on size and shape ofUSB device, the console lid may notfully close. Do not force console lidclosed as this may damage USBdevice.

. Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the portmay damage the USB device andthe port. Make sure that the USBdevice is connected correctly intothe USB port. (Some USB devicescome with a mark as a guide.Make sure that the mark is facingthe correct direction before insert-ing the device.)

. Do not locate objects near the USBdevice to prevent the objects fromleaning on the USB device and theport. Pressure from the objects maydamage the USB device and theport.


Black plate (212,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]



When the AUX button is pushed with the systemoff and the USB memory inserted, the systemwill turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USBmemory is inserted, push the AUX buttonrepeatedly until the center display changes tothe USB memory mode.

SEEK/CATEGORY button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button whilean audio file on the USB device is playing toreturn to the beginning of the current track. Pushthe SEEK/CATEGORY button severaltimes to skip backward several tracks.

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button whilean audio file on the USB device is playing toadvance one track. Push the SEEK/CATEGORYbutton several times to skip forward severaltracks. If the last track in a folder on the USBdevice is skipped, the first track of the next folderis played.

Push and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY buttonor for 1.5 seconds while an audio file

on the USB device is playing to reverse or fastforward the track being played. The track playsat an increased speed while reversing or fastforwarding. When the button is released, the

audio file returns to normal play speed.

Random and repeat play mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

While files on a USB device are playing, the playpattern can be altered so that songs arerepeated or played randomly.


Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the USB device. When the randommode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich random pattern is applied. To cancelRandom mode, touch the “Random” key until no

icon is displayed.


Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the USB device. When the repeatmode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich repeat pattern is applied. To cancelRepeat mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no

icon is displayed.

SAA3435

iPod® player operationS35-D-110201-14D49E3C-C854-4E06-9C60-5D7DEE8745DD


To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so that theiPod® can be controlled with the audio systemcontrols and display screen, use the USB jacklocated in the center console. Open theprotective cover on the USB jack in the centerconsole and then connect the iPod® specificend of the cable to the iPod® and the USB endof the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle*1 .If your iPod® supports charging via a USBconnection, its battery will be charged whileconnected to the vehicle with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position.

Black plate (213,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

While connected to the vehicle, the iPod® canonly be operated by the vehicle audio controls.

To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle,remove the USB end of the cable from theUSB jack on the vehicle, then remove the cablefrom the iPod®.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

CAUTION

. Depending on size and shape ofiPod® and iPod® cable, the consolelid may not fully close. Do not forceconsole lid closed as this maydamage iPod® and iPod® cable.

. Do not force the iPod® cable intothe USB port. Inserting the iPod®

cable tilted or up-side-down into theport may damage the iPod® cableand the port. Make sure that theiPod® cable is connected correctlyinto the USB port. (Some iPod®

cable come with a mark as aguide. Make sure that the mark isfacing the correct direction beforeinserting the iPod® cable.)

. Do not locate objects near the iPod®

cable to prevent the objects fromleaning on the iPod® cable and theport. Pressure from the objects maydamage the iPod® cable and theport.



. Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 orlater)

. iPod Classic (version 1.1.1 or later)

. First generation iPod touch® (version 2.0.0or later)

. Second generation iPod touch® (version1.2.3 or later)

. First generation iPod nano (version 1.3.1 orlater)

. Second generation iPod nano® (version1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (version 1.1 orlater)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (version 1.0.2or later)

This unit may not control/operate correctly whenconnected to some iPod versions/firmware andiPhone.

Make sure that the iPod® version is updated.


Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the button repeatedlyto switch to the iPod® mode.


was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the iPod®.


When the button is pushed with the systemoff and the iPod® connected, the system will turnon. If another audio source is playing and theiPod® is connected, push the buttonrepeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.

Interface:

The interface for iPod® operation shown on thevehicle display is similar to the iPod® interface.Use the touch screen, BACK button or theTUNE/SCROLL knob to navigate the menus onthe screen.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further information abouteach item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.

. Playlists

. Artists

. Songs


Black plate (214,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. Composers

. Audiobooks

. Podcasts

The following touch-panel buttons shown on thescreen are also available:

. : returns to the previous screen.

. : plays/pauses the music selected.

SEEK/CATEGORY button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, theiPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewind-ing. When the button is released, the iPod® willreturn to the normal play speed.


Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the iPod. When the random mode isactive, the icon is displayed to the left of thesong title or album name to denote whichrandom pattern is applied. To cancel Randommode, touch the “Random” key until no iconis displayed.


Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the iPod. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon is displayed to the left of thesong title or album name to denote which repeatpattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode,

touch the “Repeat” key until no icon isdisplayed.

SAA0451

CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE ANDCLEANING

S35-D-110201-C75B0B69-DD75-43C0-A5F4-2CF949045946

CD/DVDS35-D-110201-7B256299-FD32-483A-BB5B-74544008F3F7

. Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc. Do not bend thedisc.

. Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

Black plate (215,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

USB memory (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-05DDD64A-1C7F-49B9-9DCC-5BB6AEA55646

. Do not touch the terminal portion of the USBmemory.

. Do not place heavy objects on the USBmemory.

. Do not store the USB memory in highlyhumid locations.

. Do not expose the USB memory to directsunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manual forthe details.

SAA1779

1. Tuning switch

2. VOLUME control switch

3. SOURCE select switch

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)

S35-D-110201-C76F168B-0BEC-40AD-BD6D-4624D94C03CB

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

SOURCE select switchS35-D-110201-ED6F6E26-E9A5-48A8-986D-E10281EAFC60

Push the SOURCE select switch to change themode to available audio source.

VOLUME control switchGUID-28FEC6B8-E1DE-41D8-B60B-C05C851D0868

Push up or down the VOLUME control switch toincrease or decrease the volume.

Tuning switchS35-D-110201-5CA8CF8B-C0F5-481A-814C-213749094806

Memory change (radio):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push up or down the tuning switch for less than1.5 seconds to change the next or previousradio preset.

SEEK tuning (radio):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push up or down the tuning switch for more than1.5 seconds to seek the next or previous radiostation.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (CD):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push up or down the tuning switch for less than1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of thepresent program or skip to the next program.Push several times to skip back or skip throughprograms.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

FOLDER change (CD with MP3 or WMA):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push up or down the tuning switch for more than1.5 seconds to change the folders (if there are


Black plate (216,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


any folders).

iPod®:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 secondswill increase or decrease the track number.

USB:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 secondswill increase or decrease the track number.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill increase/decrease the folder number

SAA2102

ANTENNAS35-D-110201-3A435C1C-B183-4681-AF7C-90168059490D

To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of theantenna and turn it counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antenna clock-wise and tighten.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to remove theantenna under the following condi-tions.

— The vehicle enters an automaticcar wash.

— The vehicle enters a garage witha low ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

. Always properly tighten the antennarod during installation. Otherwise,the antenna rod may break duringvehicle operation.

Black plate (217,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-DD1C2804-EB76-4872-9E54-AD4254F5BE6B

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the electronic control modulesand electronic control system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation. Some jurisdictions prohi-bit the use of cellular phones whiledriving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode ishighly recommended. Exercise ex-treme caution at all times so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation.

. If you are unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operation whiletalking on the phone, pull off theroad to a safe location and stopyour vehicle.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8in (20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the man-ufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult a NISSAN deal-er.

S35-D-110201-FB011E63-8BB9-46BA-A060-2A16AA9BD9B1

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you are unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operation whiletalking on the phone, pull off theroad to a safe location and stopyour vehicle.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you have acompatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone,you can set up the wireless connection betweenyour cellular phone and the in-vehicle phonemodule. With Bluetooth® wireless technology,you can make or receive a hands-free telephonecall in your vehicle.


CAR PHONE AND CB RADIO Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM (if so equipped)

Black plate (218,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Once your cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phone module, no other phone connect-ing procedure is required. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position with the connectedcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequency band(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and thewireless LAN functions at the same time mayslow down or disconnect the communica-tion and cause undesired noise. It isrecommended that you turn off the wirelessLAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®

functions.

. Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehicle

phone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recommended phonelist and connecting.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, the

battery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual. The Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System cannotcharge cellular phones.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, see “Trouble-shooting guide” later in this section. You canalso visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth fortroubleshooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding battery charging, cellular phoneantenna, etc.

. This wireless hands free car kit is based onBluetooth® technology,

— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz

— Output Power: 7,94 dBm E.I.R.P

— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/4DQPSK

— Number of Channel: 79

— This wireless equipment can’t be usedfor any services related to safety becausethere is the possibility of radio interfer-ence.

Black plate (219,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

REGULATORY INFORMATIONS35-D-110201-F1CF99FA-DF4D-4F1C-9382-2A9604425783

FCC Regulatory informationS35-D-110201-306DC0A5-A71E-4099-9669-8B17CC42CFDF

. CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1) this device may not cause interferenceand

2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory informationS35-D-110201-5285DAB0-26CC-4E07-A0CA-271D322C0E42

. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

. This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth® trademarkGUID-1252895B-B425-49C6-BBFA-8EA9F654FFE8

Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc., andlicensed to Visteon Corporation.

SAA3436

USING THE SYSTEMS35-D-110201-13F73A63-B264-4FC2-B9BF-49C3E770A44E

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands maynot be available so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

InitializationS35-D-110201-B6F81CD9-5344-4D85-A9DE-C284E952B6BB

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. If thebutton is pushed before the initialization com-pletes, the system will accept any command.


Black plate (220,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Operating tipsS35-D-110201-2FD5B1C0-EB73-44DB-ACF2-D363384115D4

To get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the follow-ing:

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will notbe received properly.

. Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the tone sounds.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

Giving voice commandS35-D-110201-4F228DE0-FF8C-45CD-913D-E1D3ACE513CA

To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pushand release the button located on thesteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.

The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is given whenthe command is accepted.

. If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.

. If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please say again.” Repeat the command ina clear voice.

. If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or“Correction” anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

. You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the Voice Recognition(VR) session. You can also push and holdthe button for 5 seconds on thesteering wheel at any time to cancel theVR session. Whenever the VR session iscancelled, a double beep is played toindicate you have exited the system.

. If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, push the volume control switch (+or −) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.

. In most cases you can interrupt the voicefeedback to speak the next command bypushing the button on the steeringwheel.

. To use the system faster, you may speak thesecond level commands with the main menu

command on the main menu. For example,push the button and after the tone say,“Call Redial.” Note: The combined com-mand of Call and (Speak Name) cannot beused.

How to say numbersS35-D-110201-6424B4F4-E5FD-4CF0-88DD-02B9027CCC3D

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers in voice commands.Refer to the rules and examples below.

. Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight oh oh six six two six two ohoh”, or

— “One eight zero zero six six two six twooh oh”

. Words can be used for the first 4 digitsplaces only.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight hundred six six two six two ohoh”,

— NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixtytwo hundred, and

— NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixtytwo hundred.

. Numbers can be spoken in small groups.The system will prompt you to continuingentering digits, if desired.

Black plate (221,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six six two”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six two zero zero”

. You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for“#” at any time in any position of the phonenumber. (Available only when using the“Special Number” command.)

Example: 1-555-1212 *123

— “One five five five one two one two starone two three”

. Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*”(available when using the “Special Number”command and the “Send” command duringa call).

. Say “plus” for “+” (available only when usingthe “Special Number” command).

. Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (availableonly when storing a phone book number).

See “Making a call by entering a phonenumber” later in this section and “List ofvoice commands” later in this section formore information.

NOTE:

For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.

The voice command “Help” is available at anytime. Please say the “Help” command to getinformation about how to use the system.

INFO

. If you are controlling the telephone systemby voice command for the first time or do notknow the appropriate voice command,speak “Help”. The system announces theavailable commands.

. When you speak numbers, you can speakboth “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Manual command selectionS35-D-110201-31E19BFD-30E3-47AD-B12A-3175F338B5EA

Commands can be selected manually. While thecommands are displayed on the audio screen,select a command by operating the audio tuningswitch, and then push the switch. Once acommand is manually selected, the voicecommand function is cancelled. To return tovoice command mode, push the switch tocancel the current operation, and then performthe first procedure of voice command.

SAA1782

CONTROL BUTTONSS35-D-110201-703550E9-3DE2-433E-AB80-CD46939E5B53

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.

PHONE SEND

Push the button to initiate a VR session oranswer an incoming call.

You can also use the button to interruptsystem feedback and give a command at once.

PHONE END

While the voice recognition system is active,push the button to go back one step. Pushand hold the button for 5 seconds to quitthe voice recognition system at any time.


Black plate (222,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GETTING STARTEDS35-D-110201-363B3716-4171-4E1D-92BB-B6C8C2F728AD

The following procedures will help you getstarted using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem with NISSAN Voice Recognition. Foradditional command options, refer to “List ofvoice commands” later in this section.

Choosing a languageS35-D-110201-9ED1490B-F9A5-48AB-ADF8-DA6C6BE9BBA1

You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System using English, Spanish orFrench.

To change the language, perform the following.

1. Push and hold the button for more than5 seconds.

2. The system announces: “Push the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or push the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”

3. Push the button.

For information on speaker adaptation, see“Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode” later in thissection.

4. The system announces the current languageand gives you the option to change thelanguage to Spanish (in Spanish) or French(in French). Use the following chart to selectthe language.

NOTE:You must push the button or the

button within 5 seconds to changethe language.

Current lan-guage

Push (TALK/PHONE SEND)

to select

Push(MODE/

PHONE END)to select

English Spanish French

Spanish English French

French English Spanish

5. If you decide not to change the language, donot push either button. After 5 seconds, theVR session will end, and the language willnot be changed.

Connecting procedureS35-D-110201-70B0342B-394D-4E2C-ACD1-017AECE46CD1

NOTE:

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. Ifthe vehicle starts moving during the pro-cedure, the procedure will be cancelled.

NOS2623

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.The system announces the available com-mands.

2. Say: “Connect Phone” *A . The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available commands.

3. Say: “Add phone”*B . The system acknowl-edges the command and asks you to initiatepairing from the phone handset*C .

The connecting procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions onconnecting NISSAN recommended cellularphones.

When prompted for a Passkey code, enter“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN andcannot be changed.

4. The system asks you to say a name for thephone*D .

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Also, if more than one phone is connectedand the name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells you, then

Black plate (223,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

prompts you for a name again.

Making a call by entering a phonenumber

S35-D-110201-48F3CC44-24F0-42A7-9ED8-7F516582EFF2

NOS2624

1. Push the button on steering wheel. Atone will sound.

2. Say: “Call”*A . The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

3. Say: “Phone Number” *B . The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available commands.Say: “Special Number” to dial more than 10digits or any special characters.

4. Say the number you wish to call starting withthe area code in single digit format. If thesystem has trouble recognizing the correctphone number, try entering the number inthe following groups: 3-digit area code, 3-digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For example,555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five”as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the2nd group, and “three three five four” as the3rd group. For dialing more than 10 digits or

any special characters, say “Special Num-ber”. See “How to say numbers” earlier inthis section, for more information.

5. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back andannounces the available commands.

6. Say: “Dial”*C . The system acknowledgesthe command and makes the call.

For additional command options, see “List ofvoice commands” later in this section.

Receiving a callS35-D-110201-89DA9BAB-3811-45B1-8BA4-9FBB801C0C2A

When you hear the ring tone, push thebutton on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, push the buttonon the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ring tone, push the button onthe steering wheel to reject the call.

LIST OF VOICE COMMANDSS35-D-110201-89D632E4-E213-49DE-B708-658FF60A7E12

NOS2625

When you push and release the button onthe steering wheel, you can choose from thecommands on the Main Menu. The followingpages describe these commands and thecommands in each sub-menu.

Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.

You can say “Help” to hear the list of commandscurrently available anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

A menu item can also be selected by scrollingthe display with the SEEK switch and enteringby pushing the button.

If you want to end an action without completingit, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at anytime thesystem is waiting for a response. The system willend the VR session. Whenever the VR sessionis cancelled, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.

If you want to go back to the previous command,you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytime


Black plate (224,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


the system is waiting for a response.

CallS35-D-110201-0463C046-75B9-4CA6-8393-19E851C13897

JI0189

(speak name)*AIf there are entries stored in the phonebook, anumber associated with a name and locationcan be dialed.

See “Phonebook (phones without automaticphonebook download function)” later in thissection to learn how to store entries.

When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe phonebook entry to call. The systemacknowledges the name.

If there are multiple locations associated withthe name, the system asks the user to choosethe location.

Once the name and location are confirmed, thesystem begins the call.

“Phone Number” (speak digits)*BWhen prompted by the system, say the number

to call. Refer to “Making a call by entering aphone number” earlier in this section for moredetails.

“Redial”*CUse the Redial command to call the last numberthat was dialed.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a redial number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to redial” andends the VR session.

“Call back”*DUse the Call Back command to dial the numberof the last incoming call within the vehicle.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a call back number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to call back”and ends the VR session.

“Special Number”

To dial more than 10 digits or any specialcharacters, please say “Special Number”. Whenthe system acknowledges the command, thesystem will prompt you to speak the number.

“During a call”

During a call there are several command optionsavailable. Push the button on the steering

wheel to mute the receiving voice and entercommands.

. “Help” — The system announces the avail-able commands.

. “Go back/Correction” — The system an-nounces “Go back,” ends the VR sessionand returns to the call.

. “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returnsto the call.

. “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Sendcommand to enter numbers, “*” or “#”during a call. For example, if you weredirected to dial an extension by an auto-mated system:

Say: “Send one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with thenumbers. The system then ends the VRsession and returns to the call. Say “star” for“*”, say “pound” for “#”.

. “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Callcommand to transfer the call from theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System tothe cellular phone when privacy is desired.

The system announces, “Transfer call. Calltransferred to privacy mode.” The systemthen ends the VR session.

To reconnect a call from the cellular phone

Black plate (225,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone sys-tem, push the button.

. “Mute” — Use the Mute command to muteyour voice so the other party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again to unmuteyour voice.

NOTE:

If a call is ended or the cellular phonenetwork connection is lost while the Mutefeature is on, the Mute feature will be resetto “off” for the next call so the other partycan hear your voice.

Phonebook (phones without automaticphonebook download function)

S35-D-110201-26A48EEF-193A-4F7A-A722-CFA61BDF26C6

NOS2627

“Transfer Entry”*AUse the Transfer Entry command to store a newname in the system.

When prompted by the system, say the nameyou would like to give the new entry.

For example, say: “Mary.”

If the name is too long or too short, the system

tells you, then prompts you for a name again.

Also, if the name sounds too much like a namealready stored, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

The system will ask you to transfer a phonenumber stored in the cellular phone’s memory.

To enter a phone number by voice command:

For example, say: “five five five one two onetwo.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.

To transfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory:

Say: “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledgesthe command and asks you to initiate thetransfer from the phone handset. The newcontact phone number will be transferred fromthe cellular phone via the Bluetooth® commu-nication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions ontransferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-commended cellular phones.

The system repeats the number and promptsyou for the next command. When you havefinished entering numbers or transferring anentry, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location andnumber.

“Delete Entry”*BUse the Delete Entry command to delete oneentry from the phonebook. After the systemacknowledges a command, say the name todelete or say “List Names” to choose an entry.

“List Names”*CUse the List Names command to hear all thenames in the phonebook. The system recites thephonebook entries but does not include theactual phone numbers. When playback of thelist is complete, the system returns to the mainmenu.

Playback of the list can be stopped at any timeby pushing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session.

Phonebook (phones with automaticphonebook download function)

S35-D-110201-A16A631F-548A-4D41-AD75-635CD3062E55

NOTE:

Phonebook commands are not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.


Black plate (226,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


JI0200

For phones that support automatic download ofthe phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth profile), the“Phonebook” command is used to manageentries to the vehicle phonebook. You can saythe name of an entry at this menu to initiatedialing of that entry.

The phonebook stores up to 1000 names foreach phone paired with the system. Each namecan have up to 4 locations/phone numbersassociated with it.

When a phone is connected to the system, thephonebook is automatically downloaded to thevehicle. This feature allows you to access yourphonebook from the Bluetooth® system and callcontacts by name. You can record a customvoice tag for contact names that the system hasdifficulty recognizing. For more information see“Record Name” in this section.

NOTE:

Each phone has its own separate phone-book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone-book if you are currently connected with

Phone B.

“List names”*AUse the List Names command to hear all thenames and locations in the phone book.

The system recites the phone book entries butdoes not include the actual phone numbers.When the playback of the list is complete, thesystem goes back to the main menu.

You can stop the playback of the list at any timeby pushing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session. See the“Record Name” command in this section forinformation about recording custom voice tagsfor list entries that the system has difficultypronouncing.

“Record name”*BThe system allows you to record custom voicetags for contact names in the phonebook thatthe vehicle has difficulty recognizing. Thisfeature can also be used to record voice tagsto directly dial an entry with multiple numbers.Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to thesystem.

“Next Name”*CUse the Next Name command to move the nextname of list.

“Previous Name”*DUse the Previous Name command to move theprevious name of list.

Recent CallsS35-D-110201-A0FE88D4-B4CA-4E30-A7EC-6924630DE801

JI0201

Use the Recent Calls command to accessoutgoing, incoming or missed calls.

“Outgoing”*AUse the Outgoing command to list the outgoingcalls made from the vehicle.

“Incoming”*BUse the Incoming command to list the incomingcalls made from the vehicle.

“Missed”*CUse the Missed command to list the missedcalls made to the vehicle that were notanswered.

“Call Back”*DUse the Call Back command to dial the numberof the most recently received call.

Black plate (227,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Connect PhoneS35-D-110201-DAF56654-BA68-4C50-89BF-A865A302EB6F

NOTE:

Add Phone command is not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.

JI0202

Use the Connect Phone commands to managethe phones connecting to the vehicle or toenable the Bluetooth® function on the vehicle.

“Add Phone”*AUse the Add Phone command to add a phone tothe vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” earlierin this section for more information.

“Select Phone”*BUse the Select Phone command to select from alist of phones connected to the vehicle. Thesystem will list the names assigned to eachphone and then prompt you for the phone youwish to select. Only one phone can be active ata time.

“Delete Phone”*CUse the Delete Phone command to delete aphone that is connected to the vehicle. Thesystem will list the names assigned to eachphone and then prompt you for the phone youwish to delete. Deleting a phone from the vehiclewill also delete that phonebook for that phone.

“Bluetooth Off”*DUse the Bluetooth Off command to prevent awireless connection to your phone.

“Replace phone”*EThis can be used to reconnect a new phone withthe vehicle you have changed your cellularphone.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODES35-D-110201-6F97B5D3-401C-46AD-9389-BD952ABFFFE3

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-ofdialect users to train the system to improverecognition accuracy. By repeating a number ofcommands, the users can create a voice modelof their own voice that is stored in the system.The system is capable of storing a differentspeaker adaptation model for each connectedphone.

Training procedureS35-D-110201-4BFA4231-662E-46CF-B928-4A1945741EA8

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quietoutdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Push and hold the button for more than5 seconds.

4. The system announces: “Push the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or push the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”

5. Push the button.

For information on selecting a differentlanguage, see “Choosing a language” earlierin this section.

6. If the connected phone is already in use, thesystem will prompt you to overwrite. Followthe instructions provided by the system.

7. When preparation is complete and you areready to begin, push the button.

8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow theinstructions provided by the system.

9. When training is finished, the system will tellyou an adequate number of phrases havebeen recorded.


Black plate (228,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


10. The system will announce that speakeradaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The SA mode will stop if:

. The button is pushed for more than 5seconds in SA mode.

. The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

. The ignition switch is turned to the OFF orLOCK position.

Training phrasesS35-D-110201-A9BBF6B8-DFC7-4F2F-9DC8-78DC45C7C45F

During the SA mode, the system instructs you tosay the following phrases.

(The system will prompt you for each phrase.)

. phonebook transfer entry

. dial 3 0 4 2 9

. delete call back number

. Incoming

. Transfer entry

. 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7

. delete all entries

. call 7 2 4 0 9

. phonebook delete entry

. next entry

. dial star 2 1 7 0

. yes

. no

. select

. Missed

. dial 8 5 6 9 2

. Bluetooth on

. Outgoing

. call 3 1 9 0 2

. 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8

. cancel

. call back number

. call star 2 0 9 5

. delete phone

. dial 8 3 0 5 1

. Record Name

. 4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0

. delete redial number

. phonebook list names

. call 8 0 5 4 1

. correction

. setup main menu

. dial 7 4 0 1 8

. memo pad delete

. delete

. dial 9 7 2 6 6

. call 7 6 3 0 1

. go back

. call 5 6 2 8 0

. dial 6 6 4 3 7

Black plate (229,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES35-D-110201-3D8483FA-076C-40CB-8565-9B227BA85009

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

The System fails to interpret the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” earlier in this section.

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is toonoisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out toimprove the recognition response for the speaker. See “Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode” earlier in this section.

The system consistently selects the wrong entry fromthe phonebook.

1. Ensure that the phonebook entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed byusing the “List Names” command. See “Phonebook (phones without automatic phonebook download function)”earlier in this section.

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Black plate (230,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (231,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ................................... 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................................... 5-2Three-way catalyst ................................................................. 5-3Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover ............................................ 5-6On-pavement and off-road driving precautions ............. 5-6Off-road recovery ................................................................... 5-6Rapid air pressure loss ......................................................... 5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .................................... 5-7Driving safety precautions .................................................... 5-8

Ignition switch ............................................................................ 5-10Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ......................... 5-10Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................... 5-12Key positions ........................................................................ 5-12

Before starting the engine ...................................................... 5-13Starting the engine ................................................................... 5-13Driving the vehicle .................................................................... 5-14

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................... 5-14Parking brake ............................................................................. 5-19Cruise control ............................................................................ 5-19

Precautions on cruise control .......................................... 5-19Cruise control operations .................................................. 5-20

Break-in schedule .................................................................... 5-21Increasing fuel economy ......................................................... 5-21Sonar system (if so equipped) ............................................. 5-22All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ........................... 5-23

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch operations ........ 5-23AWD warning light ........................................................... 5-25

Parking/parking on hills ........................................................... 5-26Electric power steering system ............................................ 5-27Brake system ............................................................................. 5-27

Braking precautions ......................................................... 5-27Parking brake break-in ..................................................... 5-28Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................................. 5-28

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............................ 5-29Cold weather driving ............................................................... 5-31

Freeing a frozen door lock .............................................. 5-31Anti-freeze ........................................................................... 5-31Battery .................................................................................. 5-31Draining of coolant water ................................................ 5-31Tire equipment ................................................................... 5-31Special winter equipment ............................................... 5-32Driving on snow or ice .................................................... 5-32Engine block heater (if so equipped) .......................... 5-32

Black plate (232,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

5-2 Starting and driving

S35-D-110201-172B5694-002F-4BAC-A54F-244D93B08401

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent op-eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)S35-D-110201-422D581A-51A9-4E2E-9E55-85BD97561D40

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the lift gate closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive withthe lift gate open, follow theseprecautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation to offand the fan control to high to

circulate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the lift gate orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

. If a special body, camper or otherequipment is added for recreationalor other usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to preventcarbon monoxide entry into thevehicle. (Some recreational vehicleappliances such as stoves, refrig-erators, heaters, etc. may also gen-erate carbon monoxide.)

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaust

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

Black plate (233,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

system, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTS35-D-110201-6C684C77-26EF-469E-8CDF-33CAC09CE017

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline will ser-iously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduce ex-

haust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel injec-tion, or electrical systems can causeoverrich fuel flow into the three-waycatalyst, causing it to overheat. Donot keep driving if the engine mis-fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have thevehicle inspected promptly by aNISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dama-ging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

S35-D-110201-5238C45C-5543-4990-B1F7-2C79DFC38991

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the propertire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire

Starting and driving 5-3

Black plate (234,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the lowtire pressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-cator is illuminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Additional informationGUID-1EB521A7-B20A-476D-B8B6-0AE64B1EF469

. The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a

flat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears in the vehicle information displaywhen the low tire pressure warning light isilluminated and low tire pressure is detected.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningturns off when the low tire pressure warninglight turns off.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears for a period of time each time theignition switch is placed in the ON positionas long as the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature of

the air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD

Black plate (235,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possi-ble. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section for changinga flat tire.)



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMSmay not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buriedin snow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. Some examples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:



Black plate (236,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

GUID-8CC33DA4-1AF0-4342-B809-19CE1354D01B

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steeringmaneuvers, because these driving practicescould cause you to lose control of your vehicle.As with any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seatbelts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers to doso.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in

collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

S35-D-110201-200796C5-D538-48BF-A739-570F1F9B79A1

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of performingin a variety of on-pavement and off-roadapplications. This gives them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary cars. An advantage ofhigher ground clearance is a better view of theroad, allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional passengercars any more than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts helpreduce the risk of injury in collisions androllovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted orimproperly belted person is significantly morelikely to be injured or killed than a person

properly wearing a seat belt.

Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions”later in this section.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYGUID-8AE1A9CD-5285-4296-880C-280D2FA43FBA

If the right side or left side wheels leave the roadsurface, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surface untilvehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in theappropriate driving lane.

Black plate (237,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradu-ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safeplace off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSGUID-6FF196AC-FF92-483D-9FE2-BD46481D5F0A

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressureloss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspect the tires for wear and damage. See“Wheels and tires” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”while driving maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire airpressure. Losing control of the vehiclemay cause a collision and result inpersonal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accelera-tor pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire or see “Changing a flattire” in the “6. In case of emergency” sectionof this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

GUID-0C2FCF2D-F6C9-49A3-8519-5AED7405747D

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects of


Black plate (238,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSS35-D-110201-E7A06B68-B9DA-4F86-B811-CCB6BF916820

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andoff-road use. However, avoid driving in deepwater or mud as your NISSAN is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloff-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, orthe like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the roadand avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated with theirseat belt fastened. This will keepyou and your passengers in positionwhen driving over rough terrain.

. Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to control yourspeed. If you drive across them, youmay roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

. Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill. At the top there could be adrop-off or other hazard that couldcause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in R (Reverse)range. Never back down in N (Neu-tral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheatand fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakeslightly and use a low range tocontrol your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargoso it will not be thrown forwardand cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

. To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in thecargo area as far forward and aslow as possible. Do not equip thevehicle with tires larger than speci-fied in this manual. This could causeyour vehicle to roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel couldmove suddenly and injure yourhands. Instead drive with your fin-gers and thumbs on the outside ofthe rim.

Black plate (239,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

. Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may became hot.

. Lower your speed when encounter-ing strong crosswinds. With a highercenter of gravity, your NISSAN ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires, evenwith AWD engaged.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-

ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sureyou inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spinthe wheel excessively. (AWD mod-els)

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your vehicle has a highercenter of gravity than a conventionalpassenger car. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passengercars. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover accident.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Install tractiondevices on the front wheels whendriving on slippery roads and drivecarefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes imme-diately after driving in mud or water.See “Brake system” later in thissection for wet brakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicleand it rolls forward, backward orsideways, you could be injured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water as deepas the wheel hub, more frequentmaintenance may be required. Seethe maintenance information in the“NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

. Spinning the front wheels on slip-pery surfaces may cause the AWDwarning light to flash and the AWDsystem to automatically switch fromthe AWD mode to the 2WD mode.This could reduce traction. Be espe-cially careful when towing a trailer.


Black plate (240,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


(AWD models)

S35-D-110201-5700BCBC-6DD7-45B8-832F-13606871BC4B

SSD0669

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if soequipped)

S35-D-110201-5BE72C3A-D258-4669-AB4A-70E75CB4440F

The Intelligent Key system can operate theignition switch without taking the key out fromyour pocket or purse. The operating environmentand/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Keysystem operation.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in-side the vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

. If the vehicle battery is discharged,the ignition switch cannot be movedfrom the LOCK position. Charge thebattery as soon as possible. See“Jump starting” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

IGNITION SWITCH

Black plate (241,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSD0436

Operating rangeS35-D-110201-E7BEEF8F-362F-4C60-AE3A-079EA87D5DB5

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedfor starting the engine when the Intelligent Key iswithin the specified operating range*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the Intelligent Keysystem’s operating range becomes narrowerand may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to turnthe ignition switch to start the engine.

. The cargo area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the vehicle information displaybetween the speedometer and tachometer.(See “Vehicle information display” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.)

SSD0392

Without Intelligent Key system

SSD0437A

With Intelligent Key system


Black plate (242,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

S35-D-110201-7E60201D-5BC1-4A77-B022-2EB741764885

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be turned to the LOCK positionuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

. When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, make sure that the selectorlever is in the P (Park) position.

. When removing the key from the ignitionswitch (if it is inserted), make sure that theselector lever is in the P (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be turned tothe LOCK position:

1. The SHIFT P warning (if so equipped)appears on the vehicle information displayand a chime sounds.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ONdirection.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

5. Remove the key, if it is inserted in the ignitionswitch.

If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition, the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position. The selector lever can

be moved if the ignition switch is in the ONposition with the foot brake pedal depressed.

The OFF position*1 is between the LOCK andACC positions, although it is not marked on theignition switch.

KEY POSITIONSS35-D-110201-06396A46-A2D1-4669-9D84-BF9FD54D3642

LOCK (0)S35-D-110201-3766F96D-1AD8-4926-9BF6-89EEF00D4EE3

Except for the Intelligent Key equippedmodel:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The key can only be removed from the ignitionswitch at this position.

For the Intelligent Key equipped model:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

PUSH OFF -

The ignition switch is locked at this position.

PUSH ON -

The ignition switch will be unlocked whilecarrying the Intelligent Key.

OFF (1)S35-D-110201-B63E5331-2F3F-4787-8587-50D4072E5971

The power supply is turned off.

ACC (2)S35-D-110201-A6FC5348-7C27-49D0-A408-EB98CE521FDB

The electrical accessory power activates withoutthe engine turned on.

ON (3)S35-D-110201-9D3A8F96-70AB-4768-80FB-4789116DD6AD

The ignition system and the electrical accessorypower activate without the engine turned on.

START (4)S35-D-110201-79ACFB24-9ADC-4251-AB1C-2447A8767855

The engine starter activates and the engine willstart. The ignition switch, when released, willautomatically turn to the ON position.

CAUTION

As soon as the engine has started,release the ignition switch immediately.

Black plate (243,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-EFA61046-21C4-4AD9-9C39-10A435B04B96

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights are clean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head restraints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON position.(See “Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.)

S35-D-110201-87C2625E-B819-4174-914B-BC526532BA90

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed so that it does notoperate unless the selector lever is in eitherof the above positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionswitch to START. Release the switch whenthe engine starts. If the engine starts, butfails to run, repeat the above procedure.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when restart-ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and holdit and then crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Crank the engine for 5 - 6 seconds. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-erator pedal. Crank the engine with yourfoot off the accelerator pedal byturning the ignition switch to START.Release the ignition switch when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, turn the ignition switchoff and wait 10 seconds before crankingagain, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold weather,keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever tothe P (Park) position and turn the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

Black plate (244,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


1. Installation or extended use of electro-nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

S35-D-110201-B37603AF-ECB2-481C-A92E-035B1AB0690B

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

S35-D-110201-5418F86B-BA47-41F8-8576-D09AB3751BAF

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)in your vehicle is electronically controlled toproduce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicleS35-D-110201-09A6574C-D46F-4EF2-9E5A-FADC6C34FAE0

1. After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before moving the selectorlever out of the P (Park) position.

This CVT is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed beforeshifting from P (Park) to any drivingposition while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The selector lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into any ofthe other positions if the ignitionswitch is turned to the LOCK, OFF orACC position or if the key is removed.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, pushthe selector lever button and move theselector lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brakepedal, and then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D(Drive), L (Low). Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting iscompleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control and havean accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear before theengine has warmed up.

. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-verse) while vehicle is moving. Fail-ure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Black plate (245,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

CAUTION

. Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position whiledriving. Coasting with the transmis-sion in the N (Neutral) position maycause serious damage to the trans-mission.

. When stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

SSD0665

To move the selector lever,

: Push the button*A while depressing thebrake pedal.

: Push the button.

: Just move the selector lever.

ShiftingS35-D-110201-06F074F0-546E-4865-A769-64F3F1CC3D96

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal, push the selector lever button and movethe selector lever from the P (Park) position toany of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF orACC position for any reason while the selectorlever is in any positions other than the P (Park),the ignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position.

If the ignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position, perform the following steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle isstopped.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON positionwhile depressing the foot brake pedal.


4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.


Black plate (246,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, usethe P (Park) or R (Reverse) position onlywhen the vehicle is completely stopped.

P (Park):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selec-tor lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

R (Reverse):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position to back up. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped before selectingthe R (Reverse) position. The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or anydriving position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.

The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

L (Low) (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopesand whenever approaching sharp bends. Do notuse the L position in any other circumstances.

JVS0100X

SPORT mode switchGUID-99239937-893E-4CAC-B84A-6159150240EC

In the SPORT mode, the engine and transmis-sion are controlled to set the engine speedhigher than in the D (Drive) position. Thisenhances throttle response for a “sporty” drivingfeeling.

To turn on the SPORT mode, push the SPORTmode switch. The SPORT mode indicator lightin the instrument panel illuminates. To turn offthe SPORT mode, push the SPORT modeswitch again. The SPORT mode indicator lighton the instrument panel turns off.

If the SPORT mode indicator light does notilluminate when the SPORT mode switch is

Black plate (247,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

turned on, the switch or system may have amalfunction. In this case, contact your NISSANdealer. Even if there is a malfunction in theswitch or system, this will not affect normaldriving.

. The SPORTmode automatically turns off if amalfunction occurs.

. The SPORT mode only operates at speedsof above 20 MPH (30km/h).

. If the engine is switched off with the SPORTmode on, the SPORT mode resets to offwhen the engine is restarted.

CAUTION

. In the SPORT mode, fuel economymay be reduced.

. If the overdrive off mode is set whenthe SPORT mode is on, the overd-rive off mode will take priority.

JVS0097X

Overdrive (O/D) OFF switchS35-D-110201-6B915A43-9062-4BFB-A3D9-25A6FE35E78C

When the O/D OFF switch is pushed with theselector lever in the D (Drive) position, theindicator light in the instrument panel illuminates.

Use the overdrive off mode when you needimproved engine braking.

To turn off the overdrive off mode, push the O/DOFF switch again. The indicator light willturn off.

Each time the engine is started, or when theselector lever is shifted to any position otherthan the D (Drive) position, the overdrive offmode will be automatically turned off.

Accelerator downshift — In D position —S35-D-110201-F9EEE14F-5BF2-4256-B19A-D9E9E24F5809

For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, dependingon the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection modeS35-D-110201-481FB4B1-F6C4-49B8-8504-1DFAEEA834E0

This transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperature with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may belimited.

Fail-safeS35-D-110201-A143CA3E-686B-4C25-9A61-E13835FDD47C

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. The MILmay illuminate to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. (See “Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.) This will occur evenif all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignition


Black plate (248,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


switch to the OFF position and wait for 10seconds. Then turn the switch back to theON position. The vehicle should return toits normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating condi-tion, have a NISSAN dealer check thetransmission and repair if necessary.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operationoccurs, vehicle speed may be graduallyreduced. The reduced speed may belower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If ne-cessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmissionto return to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary.

SSD0667

Shift lock releaseS35-D-110201-E065713F-F36B-486B-97B3-054CF9D629B7

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, release the shift lock.The selector lever can be moved to the N(Neutral) position. This allows the vehicle to bemoved if the battery is discharged.

To release the shift lock, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition, and remove the key if it is inserted.


3. Remove the shift lock release cover *Ausing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release*B using asuitable tool.

5. Push the selector lever button*C and movethe selector lever to the N (Neutral) position*D while holding down the shift lockrelease.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Thevehicle may be moved to the desired location.

Replace the removed shift lock release coverafter the operation.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer checkthe CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedalis depressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lights couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

Black plate (249,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-37FB1B7F-A7C8-447C-BDCE-AF83216954D5

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

. Do not leave children unattended ina vehicle. They could release theparking brake and cause an acci-dent.

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal*1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake*2 .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1 andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

S35-D-110201-6BA0E60E-E6DD-4377-9F64-19E20F97589F

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL

S35-D-110201-E4BDAA6A-ABCA-43DB-9AF9-129EFB44F8C2

. If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The SET indicatoron the vehicle information display will thenblink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill cancel automatically.

. If the SET indicator on the vehicle informa-tion display blinks, turn the cruise controlmain switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

. The SET indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay may blink when the cruise controlmain switch is turned ON while pushing theACCEL/RES, COAST/SET or CANCELswitch. To properly set the cruise controlsystem, perform the following procedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed


PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL

Black plate (250,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

SSD0668

1. ACCEL/RES switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSS35-D-110201-B1AAA37C-0645-4382-B965-6CDA161EFC80

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAINswitch on. The CRUISE indicator on the vehicleinformation display will illuminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the COAST/SETswitch and release it. (The SET indicator light on

the vehicle information display will illuminate.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previouslyset speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this happens,drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

. Push the CANCEL switch. The SET indica-tor on the vehicle information display willturn off.

. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicator onthe vehicle information display will turn off.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the CRUISEand SET indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay will turn off.

— If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the ACCEL/RES or COAST/SET switch and reset at the cruisingspeed, the cruise control will disengage.Turn the MAIN switch off once and thenturn it on again.

— The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than 8MPH (12 km/h) below the set speed.

Black plate (251,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

— If you move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position, the cruise control willbe canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

. Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.When the vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

S35-D-110201-5AF1C016-DF79-45EE-9EC9-6B7A1E7369A1

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performance andensure the future reliability and econo-my of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

GUID-08316153-E8EB-4B1D-A83C-780DAE9E7643

. Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

. Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

. Select a gear range suitable to road condi-tions.

. Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-omy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

. When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.

. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.(See “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tion” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section.)


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

Black plate (252,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-490E89DD-C779-4DC2-9A67-AD666DE770E4

SSD0723

WARNING

. The sonar system is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properparking. Always look around andcheck that it is safe to do so beforeparking. Always move slowly.

. Read and understand the limita-tions of the sonar system as con-tained in this section. Inclementweather may affect the function ofthe sonar system; this may includereduced performance or a falseactivation.

. This system is not designed toprevent contact with small or mov-ing objects.

. The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle. The system will notdetect small objects below thebumper, and may not detect objectsthat are too close to the bumper oron the ground.

. If your vehicle sustains damage tothe bumper fascia, leaving it mis-aligned or bent, the sensing zone

may be altered causing inaccuratemeasurement of obstacles or falsealarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound and the chimemay not be heard.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the sonar system is operational.

The sonar system sounds a tone to warn thedriver of obstacles near the bumper. The systemdetects rear obstacles when the selector lever isin the R (Reverse) position. The system may notdetect objects at speeds above 6 MPH (10km/h) and may not detect certain angular ormoving objects.

The sonar system detects obstacles up to 3.3 ft(1 m) from the rear bumper with a decreasedcoverage area at the outer corners of the rearbumper. Refer to the illustration for approximatezone coverage areas. As you move closer to theobstacle, the rate of the tone increases. Whenthe obstacle is less than 11.8 in (30 cm) away,the tone will sound continuously.

SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)

Black plate (253,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumperfascia) free from snow, ice and large accumula-tions of dirt (do not clean the sensors with sharpobjects). If the sensors are covered, it will affectthe accuracy of the sonar system.

If the sonar system malfunctions, the beepsounds for 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Havethe system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

S35-D-110201-720F0BC2-3B55-4DBD-B301-E1E82EFAD720

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make surethat you inform the test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

SSD0418

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCKSWITCH OPERATIONS

S35-D-110201-E7D4937A-2081-4CEB-9B79-163753F74E25

The AWD LOCK switch located on the lowerside of the instrument panel. This switch is usedto select the AUTO or LOCK mode dependingon the driving conditions.

Each time you push the lower part of the switch*A , the AWD mode will switch:

AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.


ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)

Black plate (254,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


LOCK modeS35-D-110201-52FD59B2-DFA7-49E6-842D-D91CD91B8135

The AWD LOCK indicator light willilluminate.

AUTO modeS35-D-110201-F8749644-00DD-4275-920B-A9BD3EAB4EC8

The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.

AWDmode

Wheel driven

AWDLOCKindica-torlight

Usecondi-tions

AUTO

Distribution of torqueto the front and rearwheels changes auto-matically, dependingon road conditions en-countered [100:0] ↔[50:50].This results in im-proved driving stability.*1

Turnsoff.

For driv-ing onpaved orslipperyroads

LOCKAll-Wheel Drive (AWD)*2, *3

AWDLOCK

For driv-ing onroughroads

*1: When the rotation difference between the frontand rear wheels is large, the AWD mode maychange from AUTO to LOCK for a while,however, this is not a malfunction.

*2: LOCK mode will change to AUTO modeautomatically when the vehicle has been drivenat a high speed. The AWD LOCK indicator lightturns off.

*3: LOCK mode will automatically be cancelledwhen the ignition switch is turned to the OFFposition.

. If the AWD LOCK switch is operated whileaccelerating or decelerating, or if the ignitionswitch is turned off, you may feel a jolt. Thisis normal.

. The oil temperature of power train parts willincrease if the vehicle is continuouslyoperated under conditions where the differ-ence in rotation between the front and rearwheels is large (wheel slip), such as whendriving the vehicle on rough roads throughsand, mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. Inthese cases, the AWD warning light blinksrapidly and the AWD mode changes to2WD to protect the powertrain parts. If youstop driving with the engine idling and waituntil the warning light stops blinking, theAWD returns to the AUTO mode.

WARNING

. When driving straight, shift the AWDLOCK switch to AUTO. Do not oper-ate the AWD LOCK switch whenmaking a turn or backing up.

. Do not operate the AWD LOCKswitch with the front wheel spin-

ning.

. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting or driv-ing on slippery surfaces.

. When turning the vehicle in LOCKmode on paved roads, you may feela braking effect. This is a normalcondition of the AWD model.

Black plate (255,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SSD0336B

AWD WARNING LIGHTS35-D-110201-3BC7286A-1220-41F9-A284-3DEC13D72208

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ON position. Itturns off soon after the engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system

while the engine is running, the warning light willcome on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (about twiceper second) while trying to free a stuck vehicledue to high powertrain oil temperature. Thedriving mode may change to 2WD. AUTO modemay change to LOCK mode before the warninglight blinks. If the warning light blinks rapidlyduring operation, stop the vehicle with theengine idling in a safe place immediately. Thenif the light turns off after a while, you cancontinue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warning lightblink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.Check that all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are not worn.

CAUTION

. If the warning light remains on afterthe above operation, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. The powertrain may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warn-ing light blinking rapidly.

. Never drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode, as thiswill overload the powertrain andmay cause a serious malfunction.


Black plate (256,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GUID-DF673D76-EF6A-4032-840A-C9929934DE7D

SSD0488

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be setand the transmission placed into P(Park). Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an accident.Make sure the selector lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as it can

go and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:*1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:*2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB:*3Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the key, if inserted.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Black plate (257,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-5655C900-7810-4966-B711-3C0BA783C55E

WARNING

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

. When the electric power steeringwarning light illuminates with theengine running, the power assist forthe steering will cease operation.You will still have control of thevehicle but the steering will beharder to operate.

The electric power steering system is designedto provide power assist while driving to operatethe steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to preventoverheating of the electric power steeringsystem and protect it from getting damaged.While the power assist is reduced, steeringwheel operation will become heavy. When thetemperature of the electric power steeringsystem goes down, the power assist level willreturn to normal. Avoid repeating such steering

wheel operations that could cause the electricpower steering system to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steering wheelis operated quickly. However, this is not amalfunction.

If the electric power steering warning lightilluminates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering system isnot functioning properly and may need servicing.Have the electric power steering systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Electricpower steering warning light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

When the electric power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, the powerassist for the steering will cease operation. Youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,greater steering effort is needed, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

S35-D-110201-3275E820-EF43-446C-84CA-9CC25DE76F9B

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSS35-D-110201-36A420DF-DDD9-4970-91D6-6FDB3410EA51

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

You may feel a small click and hear a soundwhen the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly.This is not a malfunction and indicates that thebrake assist mechanism is operating properly.

Vacuum assisted brakesS35-D-110201-127E404B-D271-4E47-9AAA-019A819737A5

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

Using the brakesS35-D-110201-EB326E31-0F05-490F-9A4D-C49C106D08C5

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of thebrakes, wearing out the brake and pads fasterand reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.


ELECTRIC POWER STEERINGSYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEM

Black plate (258,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesS35-D-110201-8FADFC38-A56F-4709-966C-E2E9C1A22C2C

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INS35-D-110201-22F565D3-8BC6-45BD-8717-77912EC9319F

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed by aNISSAN dealer.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)S35-D-110201-BADDA557-0F21-4253-B08D-550F96292928

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintainvehicle control during braking onslippery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the driver is responsible

for safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified on theTire and Loading Informationlabel. See “Tire and loadinginformation label” in the “9.Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning on

Black plate (259,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

slippery surfaces.

Using the systemS35-D-110201-EECE86D6-FF8F-42C2-B139-BF05AF32B3BE

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureS35-D-110201-B89EE4B7-4EC0-42A0-AAC9-0035053E8A9B

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computer sensesa malfunction, it switches the ABS off andilluminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system then oper-ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationS35-D-110201-3C7B8B73-5F7B-44E6-B702-4024AAD51CEB

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidlyapplies and releases hydraulic pressure. Thisaction is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-tion may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

S35-D-110201-D6FDB021-412C-46AD-9A43-77A8616112D0

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain driving con-ditions, the VDC system helps to perform thefollowing functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the followingconditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increasedsteering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent lossof vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panel flashesso note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the system maydetermine some action is required to help


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM

Black plate (260,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


keep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDCwarning light illuminates in the instrumentpanel. The VDC system automatically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The VDC off indicator illuminates toindicate the VDC system is off. When the VDCswitch is used to turn off the system, the VDCsystem still operates to prevent one drive wheelfrom slipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The VDC warning lightflashes if this occurs. All other VDC functionsare off, and the VDC warning light will notflash. The VDC system is automatically reset toon when the ignition switch is placed in the offposition then back to the on position.

See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feela pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability butdoes not prevent accidents due toabrupt steering operation at highspeeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slip-pery surfaces and always drive care-fully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs,stabilizer bars, bushings andwheels are not NISSAN recom-mended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the VDCsystem may not operate properly.

This could adversely affect vehiclehandling performance, and the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate.

. If engine control related parts arenot NISSAN recommended or areextremely deteriorated, the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher bankedcorners, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

. When driving on an unstable sur-face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the VDC warninglight may illuminate. This is nota malfunction. Restart the engineafter driving onto a stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones are

Black plate (261,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

used, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

S35-D-110201-BFC9DC49-B18B-4547-B2C1-822B40D3C815

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKGUID-141B6DB3-B5C0-4E7F-8EE0-2A7622AB28C6

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into thekey hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

ANTI-FREEZEGUID-2773CB71-40A2-443B-9552-B7F45AAB30D8

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),check the anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see “En-gine cooling system” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

BATTERYS35-D-110201-690C952E-7BC1-479E-B70E-6C8A62F3BCC3

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery shouldbe checked regularly. For additional information,see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERGUID-8A3AE603-5D83-49FC-9E8F-A09867045DAD

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For details, see “Engine cooling system” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

TIRE EQUIPMENTS35-D-110201-61BC6CE8-E002-4E5F-AC61-F13F41A296A1

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to providesuperior performance on dry pavement. How-ever, the performance of these tires will besubstantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icyroads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOWor ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see “Tirechains” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelGUID-EE61DD03-84FE-4464-93B4-F693BED61CE7

If you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels.


COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Black plate (262,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTS35-D-110201-08727745-6DB3-41EB-A116-4A77713528D6

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICEGUID-95DB7CAC-A319-4B34-942B-E334028E4579

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have much less tractionor “grip” under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheelswill lose even more traction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If apatch of ice is seen ahead, brakebefore reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

S35-D-110201-BD5F9528-DB57-4ECE-BF7C-C0FA0439CFC3

Engine block heaters are used to assist withcold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heaterGUID-B8AF2CAF-E6EA-4CB7-964D-6D7EAF0F901E

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.

Black plate (263,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least10A. Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.


Black plate (264,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (265,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ................................................. 6-2Flat tire ............................................................................................ 6-2

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 6-2Changing a flat tire ................................................................ 6-3

Jump starting ................................................................................. 6-9

Push starting .............................................................................. 6-11If your vehicle overheats ......................................................... 6-11Towing your vehicle ................................................................. 6-12

Towing recommended by NISSAN .............................. 6-13Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .................. 6-14

Black plate (266,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

6-2 In case of emergency

S35-D-110201-58538178-DA8D-4166-BF6A-386530D47FBC

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the high-way unless unusual circumstancesforce you to drive so slowly thatyour vehicle might become a hazard

to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights areon.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

S35-D-110201-EF2663AC-5667-4F76-8F00-52984A4E59BC

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-0C5C2AE1-3515-4587-A5FA-5B3AD2913F9D

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit and theCHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears onthe vehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. If thevehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it by the lowtire pressure warning light. This system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For moredetails, see “Warning/indicator lights and audi-ble reminders” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tires

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH FLAT TIRE

Black plate (267,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

may permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possi-ble.



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,

as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREGUID-7F502885-999B-4F16-9B7A-9469FE323A90

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicleS35-D-110201-DA918CAE-0F67-4558-BF28-3DEF851F78D5

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the selector lever to the P(Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the transmis-sion is shifted into the P (Park)position.

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle. Waitfor professional road assistance.

In case of emergency 6-3

Black plate (268,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsS35-D-110201-ED4AAED5-0B0B-4094-B7EA-EC3CABAC1551

Place suitable blocks*1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result in personalinjury.

SCE0958

Getting the spare tire and toolsS35-D-110201-00B2E6C6-F5E9-434D-8DD3-1F7939362975

1. Open the lift gate.

2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).(See “Cargo cover” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

3. Lift up the luggage floor board*1 (foldableor separate type).

SCE0858

4. Remove the lids of the luggage side boxes.

Black plate (269,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SCE0859

5. Remove the luggage floor box (Type A or B)by turning the clips counterclockwise.

SCE0699

Jacking tools

6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.

Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,then remove the other tools.

JVE0026X

Spare tire

Type A:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Rotate the clamp until it can be removed thenremove the spare tire.

Type B:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Rotate the clamp until it can be removed thenrelocate the subwoofer to a side of the cargoarea and remove the spare tire.


Black plate (270,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SCE0630

Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)S35-D-110201-4604A27A-FD46-4A3C-8D40-A151EC14119E

WARNING

Never use your hands to remove thewheel cover. This may cause personalinjury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod*1as illustrated.

Apply cloth*2 between the wheel and jack rodto prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.

Jacking up the vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

S35-D-110201-BC3D3D5D-920C-496B-A55B-07519536C45F

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles. The jack is de-signed for lifting only your vehicleduring a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

Black plate (271,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SCE0572

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0751

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands as shown above.Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.


Black plate (272,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SCE0039

Installing the spare tireS35-D-110201-B06784D0-8D13-49D1-B9F2-0F787FEEAEAE

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. (See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all thewheel nuts contact the wheel surfacehorizontally.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 ,*2 ,*3 ,*4 ,*5 ), more

than 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It is

recommended that wheel nuts be tigh-tened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD

pressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelaffixed to the driver side center pillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and the toolsS35-D-110201-46E8664C-3342-4146-A970-F78203D4273A

1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack andtools in the storage area.

2. Replace the luggage floor box.

3. Replace the lids on the luggage side boxes.

4. Close the luggage floor board.

5. Replace the cargo cover (if so equipped).

6. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items can

Black plate (273,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

become dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading “Wheels andtires” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

S35-D-110201-48EEB8C9-1FF6-4C57-8DA2-F37CAF5AD9D0

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or death.It could also damage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid isa corrosive sulfuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. Ifthe fluid should come into contactwith anything, immediately flush thecontacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles orindustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and otherobjects away from it.


JUMP STARTING

Black plate (274,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SCE0707

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle*B , position the two vehicles (*A and*B )to bring their batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea-ter, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with a firmlywrung out moist cloth to reduce explosionhazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (*1 ?*2 ?*3 ?*4 ).

For the vehicle equipped with Intelli-gent Key system:

If the battery is discharged, the ignitionswitch cannot be moved from the LOCKposition. Connect the jumper cables tothe booster vehicle*B before turningthe ignition switch.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, as illustrated),not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any other

metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *Band let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle *A being jumpstarted.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn theignition switch to the OFF positionand wait 10 seconds before tryingagain.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable (*4 ?*3 ?*2 ?*1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

Black plate (275,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-00D470C0-9627-4316-B628-96D5F00345E5

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

S35-D-110201-15996538-EB26-41A2-862D-02017A39A8B4

CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until no steamor coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The engine


PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Black plate (276,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


cooling fan can start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle repairedat a NISSAN dealer.

S35-D-110201-E458A21E-F522-446E-AD11-E06DD9EFDDFC

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing mustbe followed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Local serviceoperators are familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, dol-lies must be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flat towing” inthe “9. Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

Black plate (277,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SCE0439

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN

S35-D-110201-F96AC8F4-98D2-4F10-B053-82D6761A1F0F

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsS35-D-110201-CED1A0D8-ADC3-4F6F-8821-518167544489

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or place thevehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.


Black plate (278,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SCE0438

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsS35-D-110201-E21C6C94-BCE3-4ED2-8CE3-1E4014D701BF

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models withthe front wheels on the ground orfour wheels on the ground (forwardor backward), as this may causeserious and expensive damage to

the transmission. If it is necessary totow the vehicle with the rear wheelsraised, always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

. When towing CVT models with thefront wheels on towing dollies:

— Turn the ignition switch to theOFF position, and secure thesteering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope orsimilar device.

— Move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position.

. When towing a CVT model with therear wheels on the ground (if you donot use towing dollies): Alwaysrelease the parking brake.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

S35-D-110201-67C46576-6ABB-4C45-8C09-13FC485C5DFA

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.

Black plate (279,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SCE0701

Front

Pulling a stuck vehicleGUID-241C46D0-D4CF-4356-A55F-CB3B28F345C7

Do not use the tie down hooks for towing orvehicle recovery.

Front:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Securely install the recovery hook*1 (stored inthe luggage room) as illustrated.

Make sure that the hook is properly secured inthe original place after use.

SCE0678

Rear

Rear:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the main structuralmembers of the vehicle or therecovery hook. Otherwise, the vehi-cle body will be damaged.

. Do not use the vehicle tie downhooks to free a vehicle stuck insand, snow, mud, etc. Never tow avehicle using the vehicle tie down

hooks.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle. Neverpull on the vehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recov-ery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleGUID-B828A8FE-C292-4C20-9C57-2AEA4FCB8CE2

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)

and D (Drive).


Black plate (280,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. Apply the accelerator as little as possibleto maintain the rocking motion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.

Black plate (281,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

MEMO


Black plate (282,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (283,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .......................................................................... 7-2Washing .................................................................................... 7-2Waxing ...................................................................................... 7-2Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3Underbody ................................................................................ 7-3Glass ......................................................................................... 7-3Wheels ...................................................................................... 7-3Chrome parts .......................................................................... 7-3Tire dressing ............................................................................ 7-4

Cleaning interior .......................................................................... 7-4Air fresheners ........................................................................ 7-4Floor mats .............................................................................. 7-5Seat belts ............................................................................... 7-6

Corrosion protection ................................................................... 7-6Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion .................................................................. 7-6Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ........................................................................... 7-6To protect your vehicle from corrosion .......................... 7-6

Black plate (284,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

7-2 Appearance and care

S35-D-110201-97E652FB-6FC1-4CAF-A36B-BA819E8B9785

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicleas soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGS35-D-110201-F8B4AFF1-6753-4718-95B3-A25D459BF1B1

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge andplenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean

water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXINGS35-D-110201-7B44DE95-705F-4A49-ACA1-F7408FA91BFA

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishingis recommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforereapplying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

Black plate (285,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

REMOVING SPOTSS35-D-110201-AF18F2E1-E555-466D-9323-0EAEAC5C0420

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at a NISSAN dealer or any automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODYS35-D-110201-F3F949ED-94FF-4B80-A59C-E2371D129B96

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the undersealmust be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSS35-D-110201-E54A40AE-67AC-4FD4-B3EA-7A763A8EA337

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassto become coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could da-

mage the electrical conductors, radioantenna elements or rear windowdefroster elements.

WHEELSS35-D-110201-00E2038C-B5F0-4782-A428-93796F0E20A8

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle tomaintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsS35-D-110201-EB480337-BFBD-4E83-93DC-ACC1E16621EF

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. Thewheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSS35-D-110201-7E5A50BC-120C-4BD7-B2A8-3446E4E5284F

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Appearance and care 7-3

Black plate (286,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


TIRE DRESSINGGUID-AAEE2877-2189-40B9-920D-DCBC9F09133D

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, itmay react with the coating and form a com-pound. This compound may come off the tirewhile driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily with anoil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

S35-D-110201-587845C9-6398-4952-B930-68C63A2662F7

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-pened in mild soap solution, then wipe cleanwith a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather sur-faces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or am-monia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSGUID-C3B241D4-0516-4BEC-97AC-5483C90DD06D

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they contactvehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it to hangfree and not contact an interior surface.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Black plate (287,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATSS35-D-110201-B2E74394-B3E1-4495-9910-3041A54BCA20

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision or injury:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition.

. Use only genuine NISSAN floormats specifically designed for usein your vehicle model. See yourNISSAN dealer for more informa-tion.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi-tioning aid (driver’s side only)” laterin this section.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it

easier to clean the interior. Mats should bemaintained with regular cleaning and replaced ifthey become excessively worn.

SAI0038

Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s sideonly)

S35-D-110201-6BE4BC91-9348-4906-A18E-C294E0C5E93A

This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets toact as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat hasgrommet holes in it. To install, position the matby placing the floor mat bracket hook throughthe floor mat grommet hole while centering themat in the floorwell.

Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.


Black plate (288,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SEAT BELTSS35-D-110201-C770D13E-C383-46EE-A06C-46D1543B0A62

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completely inthe shade before using them.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sec-tion.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

S35-D-110201-F44B796D-CF5C-45AD-A73C-62C26924B2AF

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

S35-D-110201-445B63E4-1AAA-434C-9044-B3020018D404

. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

S35-D-110201-69B386BA-615F-4B49-A4C8-910975B562E2

MoistureS35-D-110201-B65B2839-2AB8-424B-AB21-FD3BD4D02E89

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityS35-D-110201-A7199B6A-97DE-4938-84D8-1900B1E54AB3

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.

TemperatureS35-D-110201-661832A3-A326-4D3F-8EC4-669D839F9197

A temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionS35-D-110201-7FC55DDC-7BED-4DB0-B4B7-1A27762C50A3

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

S35-D-110201-A8AB3EBD-C334-46B0-9E9A-F382191A3E60

. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Black plate (289,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in some areas,consult a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (290,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (291,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirement ........................................................... 8-2Scheduled maintenance ....................................................... 8-2General maintenance ............................................................ 8-2Where to go for service ....................................................... 8-2

General maintenance .................................................................. 8-2Explanation of maintenance items ...................................... 8-2

Maintenance precautions ........................................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ..................................... 8-6

QR25DE engine ..................................................................... 8-6Engine cooling system ................................................................ 8-7

Checking engine coolant level ............................................ 8-8Changing engine coolant ..................................................... 8-8

Engine oil ....................................................................................... 8-9Checking engine oil level ..................................................... 8-9Changing engine oil and filter ............................................. 8-9

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............... 8-11Brake fluid ................................................................................... 8-11Window washer fluid ............................................................... 8-12Battery .......................................................................................... 8-13

Jump starting ........................................................................ 8-14Drive belts ................................................................................... 8-15Spark plugs ................................................................................ 8-15

Replacing spark plugs ....................................................... 8-16

Air cleaner .................................................................................. 8-16Windshield wiper blades ........................................................ 8-17

Cleaning .............................................................................. 8-17Replacing ............................................................................ 8-17

Rear window wiper blade ...................................................... 8-18Brakes ......................................................................................... 8-18

Self-adjusting brakes ....................................................... 8-18Brake pad wear indicators ............................................. 8-18

Fuses ........................................................................................... 8-19Engine compartment ........................................................ 8-19Passenger compartment ................................................. 8-20

Battery replacement ................................................................. 8-22Keyfob .................................................................................. 8-22Intelligent Key battery ....................................................... 8-23

Lights ........................................................................................... 8-25Headlights ........................................................................... 8-26Exterior and interior lights ............................................... 8-27

Wheels and tires ...................................................................... 8-31Tire pressure ...................................................................... 8-31Tire labeling ........................................................................ 8-34Types of tires ...................................................................... 8-36Tire chains .......................................................................... 8-37Changing wheels and tires ............................................. 8-38

Black plate (292,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

S35-D-110201-308D6977-4CEB-447B-A914-761AA0FAFDCB

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance isessential to maintain your vehicle’s fine mechan-ical condition, as well as its emission and engineperformance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the main-tenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCES35-D-110201-3A1DEF4E-C7A4-410C-B164-394507FB9145

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide”. You must refer to thatguide to ensure that necessary maintenance isperformed on your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCES35-D-110201-EA45D551-31FD-45AC-84C7-86A06265D252

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility toperform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aNISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICES35-D-110201-2F655382-40D8-4EAD-859C-6E05E2D5CEAC

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership information systems.They are completely qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job tomeet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle.

S35-D-110201-D843A8B9-8AAA-4A7A-A67E-0EE527CB549A

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “Maintenance precautions” later inthis section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

S35-D-110201-3BC260BA-690D-477C-91AC-4BE39984F115

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleS35-D-110201-BEFBD842-6721-4232-85DD-4674C0605138

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Black plate (293,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleS35-D-110201-CC243554-AEAC-47F1-92F5-9C00AD8195A2

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill, check that the vehicle is held securelywith the selector lever in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brake needsadjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the beltwebbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely in alllatched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the airMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Black plate (294,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


comes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleS35-D-110201-72861ABE-E4F3-407B-92C6-F64761D7062A

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.

It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere condition require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)



Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines onthe reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface and turning off theengine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See“Precautions when starting and driving” in the“5. Starting and driving” section for exhaust gas(carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it correctedimmediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the endof winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. For additional information, see “Cleaningexterior” in the “7. Appearance and care”section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.

Black plate (295,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-B74F7695-55EC-4CC1-AF27-7617EC3FC97C

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are generalprecautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. Move theselector lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine isoff.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperlydisposed engine oil, and enginecoolant and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Al-

ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluid.

. Never leave the engine or the CVTrelated component harnesses dis-connected while the ignition switchis in the ON position.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized com-ponent while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/Service Man-ual order information” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section.)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operating

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Black plate (296,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


difficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect warranty coverage. If in doubt aboutany servicing, we recommend that it bedone by a NISSAN dealer.

S35-D-110201-0FD69969-98CF-4B76-993A-772AC6053520

SDI2127

QR25DE ENGINES35-D-110201-CE045E86-1FAB-4B03-A2FF-59AEDA4CE682

1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Brake fluid reservoir

3. Air cleaner

4. Engine coolant reservoir

5. Window washer fluid reservoir

6. Drive belt location

7. Engine oil dipstick

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Battery

10. Fuse/fusible link holder

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Black plate (297,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SDI2128

Removing the air ductS35-D-110201-F68DC4EA-FB8C-4D98-9C23-A8AED598CAE0

Remove the air duct*A if necessary.

1. Remove the clips*B with a suitable tool.

2. Pull the air duct upward *1 and thensideways*2 .

Install the air duct securely after any inspectionor maintenance work is performed.

S35-D-110201-5F27817E-CC25-4EF8-A3FD-71BAFE2E41C5

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a pre-diluted mixture of 50% GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and50% water to provide year-round anti-freezeand coolant protection. The antifreeze solutioncontains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additionalengine cooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or cool-ant reservoir cap when the engine ishot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.See precautions in “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system ad-ditives such as radiator sealer. Ad-ditives may clog the cooling systemand cause damage to the engine,transmission and/or cooling sys-tem.

. When adding or replacing coolant,be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent. GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) is pre-diluted to provideantifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). If additional freeze protec-tion is needed due to weather whereyou operate your vehicle, add Gen-uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate follow-ing the directions on the container.If an equivalent coolant other thanGenuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’sinstructions to maintain minimumantifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than Genu-


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Black plate (298,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent maydamage the engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any othertype of coolant other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) , including GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. Refer to the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide for moredetails.

SDI2100

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELS35-D-110201-38BC8B2D-EDD2-4248-AF5D-D2E2CA096255

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level *2 , open the reservoir cap andadd coolant up to the MAX level *1 . If thereservoir is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir up to the MAX level*1 .

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTS35-D-110201-39600194-EC4B-4B12-A3A0-C8B0B7FE6BFC

Major cooling system repairs should be per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

Black plate (299,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-513ADAA0-E81C-4358-9E9B-247C261AFF68

SDI2129

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVELS35-D-110201-E85752C2-C790-4D7B-A1A7-889A7C325F8D

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be within the range*1 . If theoil level is below*2 , remove the oil filler capand pour recommended oil through the

opening. Do not overfill*3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTERS35-D-110201-EB3C8F8D-B9A5-464F-9C14-F73939411A2E

Change the engine oil and filter according to themaintenance log shown in the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-upS35-D-110201-953D6A28-DEB2-4D1C-858B-690A9ECD35C6

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.. Place the safety jack stands under the

vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be attached to

the jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.


ENGINE OIL

Black plate (300,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


JVM0153X

Engine oil and filterS35-D-110201-EE672A53-2059-4431-9900-0CB4AB10F8FC

1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug*A .

2. Remove the oil filler cap*B .

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oilfilter change is needed.

4. Remove the plastic cover over the oil filterlocation by removing the small plastic clips.

5. Loosen the oil filter *C with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the mountingsurface of the engine. Failure to do socould lead to engine damage.

7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slightresistance is felt, then tighten additionallymore than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

9. Install the plastic cover.

10. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

11. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, and install the oil fillercap securely.

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section for drain and refillcapacity. The drain and refill capacitydepends on the oil temperature and draintime. Use these specifications for referenceonly. Always use the dipstick to determinethe proper amount of oil in the engine.

12. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.

Black plate (301,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

After the operationS35-D-110201-60B8C37E-A45B-4E36-943D-A11F3FFE110B

1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

S35-D-110201-7025907A-6A12-49EB-839B-E4EDBE85FD64

CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using transmission fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2will damage the CVT, which is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehiclelimited warranty.

When checking or replacement is required, werecommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

S35-D-110201-7E9EAFC0-0C1F-4352-8FF8-CF6DE7EAF643

For additional brake fluid information, see“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”in the “9. Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, immediately wash thesurface with water.


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID BRAKE FLUID

Black plate (302,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SDI2130

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line *1 or the brake warninglight comes on, add Genuine NISSAN SuperHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3fluid up to the MAX line *2 . If fluid must beadded frequently, the system should be checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

S35-D-110201-08AB7E18-0AB2-4479-9BCC-2BAE1A25E985

SDI2131

Type A

SDI2132

Type B

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add window washer fluid when the lowwindow washer fluid warning light illuminates (ifso equipped).

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap and pour the window washer fluid into thereservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the water for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindow washer fluid.

Recommended fluid:

Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen-trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluid

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Black plate (303,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

concentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

S35-D-110201-9895A1BD-E620-4124-903A-FD652172A3E7

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)



WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid to

contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15minutes and seek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.


BATTERY

Black plate (304,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary.) It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWERLEVEL*2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs*A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL*1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell; the condition *1 indicatesOK and the conditions*2 needs more tobe added.

3. Tighten cell plugs*A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGS35-D-110201-FDDC2196-BE20-4DFF-95B0-75BBB4535EF5

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If theengine does not start by jump starting, thebattery may have to be replaced. Contact aNISSAN dealer.

Black plate (305,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-32D18337-FF6D-4A43-A930-F2B2207ED3E2

SDI2090

1. Alternator

2. Water pump

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unex-pectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If

the belt is in poor condition or loose, have itreplaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion.

S35-D-110201-0266E778-F80C-4CAC-8AC5-A90E6EFC3894

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.


DRIVE BELTS SPARK PLUGS

Black plate (306,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSGUID-416121F9-5467-47CE-A990-CE8202B7CEDD

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsS35-D-110201-A5BBA1E7-8DC0-4A27-A0A1-0258FE0396B7

It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tippedspark plugs as frequently as the conventionaltype spark plugs since they will last much longer.Follow the maintenance log shown in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Donot reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

S35-D-110201-FC8F2C69-51BD-4F6C-93D0-AFC7BAF9651D

SDI2106

Push the tabs*1 and pull out the filter element*2 .

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the “NISSAN Service and Main-tenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipethe inside of the air cleaner housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops

flame if the engine backfires. If itisn’t there, and the engine backfires,you could be burned. Do not drivewith the air cleaner removed, and becareful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the enginewith the air cleaner removed. Doingso could result in serious injury.

AIR CLEANER

Black plate (307,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-53E17982-E39E-49B7-A947-15ED15FB35C8

CLEANINGS35-D-110201-73406825-1B4C-487C-8E06-80AA8D836FC2

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.Then rinse the blade with clear water. If yourwindshield is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

SDI2048

REPLACINGS35-D-110201-4CA420D3-F635-4329-9322-56E2AF5BBC2A

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Push and hold the release tab *A , andmove the wiper blade down the wiper arm*1 .

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple isin the groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition; otherwise it may be da-maged when the hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.


WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Black plate (308,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SDI1865

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *A .This may cause improper windshield washeroperation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove anyobjects with a needle or small pin *B . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.

S35-D-110201-1FC3D998-09C7-4922-B13A-8E5CB6338E4A

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

S35-D-110201-B17410A9-2500-4B28-BA04-D63D7380523C

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESS35-D-110201-028DE896-EA01-45A9-899A-FB7698AAB5E4

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedal heightdoes not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORSS35-D-110201-8E781783-BE59-4675-AE08-8F80EAB3AD6D

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear warningsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise during

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES

Black plate (309,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

light to moderate stops is normal and does notaffect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see themaintenance log section of your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

S35-D-110201-72D2AD23-7C13-452F-9C08-5ED0D5BC2474

SDI2107

ENGINE COMPARTMENTS35-D-110201-EF7088A6-CC7C-4081-9EF3-60446453E90D

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the air cleaner duct. (See “Enginecompartment check locations” earlier in thissection.)

4. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder coverusing a suitable tool*1 and pushing the tab*2 .

5. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller locatedin the passenger compartment fuse box.


FUSES

Black plate (310,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SDI1753

6. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse*B .

7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksS35-D-110201-236AFFF2-6A85-4D86-8CB6-6A361FB7E742

If any electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

SDI2133

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTS35-D-110201-ADA929EC-C7B9-4E8D-B793-60C0DEBB37E3

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Pull to remove the fuse box cover*1 .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller*2 .

Black plate (311,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SDI1753

4. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse*B .

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

JVM0089X

Extended storage switch (if so equipped)GUID-C7B28862-47E7-4FAE-A01A-DE7370C1F373

To reduce battery drain, the extended storageswitch comes from the factory switched off.Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch ispushed in (switched on) and should alwaysremain on.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,remove the extended storage switch and checkfor an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage switch malfunc-tions, or if the fuse is open, it is notnecessary to replace the switch. In thiscase, remove the extended storage switch

and replace it with a new fuse of the samerating.

How to remove the extended storageswitch:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. To remove the extended storage switch, besure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or“LOCK” position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF”position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the storage switch and pull it in thedirection illustrated.


Black plate (312,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


S35-D-110201-0DEB0410-1191-4FAE-9DC8-B9019D7525D8

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

SDI2134

KEYFOBGUID-A56F8FC6-0D6C-4580-A2AB-B2756D83072F

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

1. Remove the screw.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protect

the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR1620 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom case.

4. Close the lid securely and install the screw.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsible

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Black plate (313,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

for compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:


SDI2451

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYS35-D-110201-6334A362-2949-483B-8BD4-808E92561299

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protectthe casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2025 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom case.


Black plate (314,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts*1 , and then push them together*2 until itis securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:


Black plate (315,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-DD4272B1-CED8-4C46-8F26-0A48F1D0C89C

SDI2668

1. Headlight (high-beam)

2. Front turn signal/parking/side marker light

3. Front map light

4. Ceiling light

5. Front fog light

6. Headlight (low-beam)

7. High-mounted stop light

8. Cargo light

9. License plate light

10. Back-up light

11. Rear combination light (stop/tail/side markerlight)

12. Rear turn signal light


LIGHTS

Black plate (316,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


HEADLIGHTSS35-D-110201-FA3BA1AA-EEA0-42B6-9AC0-27B2DC9FEC37

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This isnot a malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

ReplacingS35-D-110201-88130121-CB19-405B-AC32-F8B7A74D8318

Xenon headlight model:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at a NISSANdealer. For additional information, see“Headlight and turn signal switch” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion.

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originallyinstalled:

Low beam:Wattage: 35Bulb no.: D2R

High beam:Wattage: 60Bulb no.: HB3

Halogen headlight model:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long periodof time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance.

. High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

. Only touch the plastic base whenhandling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope.

. Aiming is not necessary after repla-cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-ment is necessary, contact aNISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originallyinstalled:

Low beam:Wattage: 55Bulb no.: H11

High beam:Wattage: 60Bulb no.: HB3

Black plate (317,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SDI2137

Disconnect the battery negative cable beforereplacing bulbs.

*A High-beam bulb

*B Low-beam bulb

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSS35-D-110201-57CCB661-474F-4B16-A4E0-FA7B38594BB2

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal/parking/side marker light 27/8 S25

Front fog light (if so equipped) 35 H8

Rear combination light

back-up 18 W16W

turn signal 21 W21W

stop/tail/side marker 21/5 W21/5W

License plate light 5 W5W

Front map light 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 2 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

Ceiling light (if so equipped) 8 —

Cargo light 8 —

Glove box light* 3.4 —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.


Black plate (318,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SDI2306

: REMOVE

: INSTALL

Replacement proceduresS35-D-110201-CFA652EC-DF34-4605-85FA-A4F826DD3B31

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

SDI2141

Front turn signal/parking/side marker light (Halogenheadlight model)

Xenon headlight model: See a NISSAN dealerfor replacement.

Halogen headlight model: Remove the bulb asillustrated.

SDI2170

Front fog light

Black plate (319,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SDI2138

Rear combination light (stop/tail/side marker/turn)

Open the lift gate to remove the rear combina-tion light assembly.

*A : Clip

SDI2139

Back-up light

Open the lift gate to remove the back-up lightassembly. One screw is located behind thecover on the lift gate.

SDI2140

License plate light

The license plate light bulb can be accessed byremoving the cover on the inside of the lift gate.


Black plate (320,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


SDI2030

Front map light

SDI1499A

Ceiling light

SDI1500B

Cargo light

SDI2032

Vanity mirror light

Black plate (321,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

S35-D-110201-6C8A2EEE-8AF1-45BF-BAF6-930A9AF115CD

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSUREGUID-4D963F91-4B9F-407E-9917-79DCDB9F655A

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)GUID-FB5E4DC6-E8CB-41DC-8DD9-88899CEDDA08

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit and theCHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears onthe vehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionand “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

Tire inflation pressureS35-D-110201-90006E03-60AC-4BB9-8393-6BE63790C1B6

Check the pressure of the tires (includingthe spare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information label underthe “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label is affixed tothe driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air over time.

. Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect tirelife and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel. The vehicle weight capacityis indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Donot load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capa-city may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specified


WHEELS AND TIRES

Black plate (322,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


level.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

SDI2340

Tire and Loading Information labelGUID-32B0B905-F78C-48F3-BB13-5DB6877F5C98*1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-

ber of occupants that can be seated inthe vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicle load-ing information” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle at thefactory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or more

Black plate (323,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the bestbalance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “Tire labeling” later inthis section.

*6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressureGUID-35F5460B-53F3-48BD-8D36-DF9B4793C040

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P215/70-R16 99H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/60-R17 98H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/55-R18 97V

230 kPa,33 PSI*1260 kPa,38 PSI*2


Black plate (324,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


REARORIGINAL

TIRE

P215/70-R16 99H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/60-R17 98H

230 kPa,33 PSI

P225/55-R18 97V

230 kPa,33 PSI*1260 kPa,38 PSI*2

SPARETIRE

Original tire

230 kPa,33 PSI260 kPa,38 PSI*3

T155/90-D16

420 kPa,60 PSI

*1: 2WD models

*2: AWD models

*3: AWD models with 18 inch tires

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELINGGUID-6492823C-D518-40D7-BE6F-A88DD582F0F3

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the side-wall of all tires. This information identifiesand describes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606

Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designedfor passenger vehicles. (Not all tireshave this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.

Black plate (325,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

SDI1607

Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003. If these numbers are missing,then look on the other sidewall of thetire.*3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.


Black plate (326,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).

*7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/or modelname molding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewall ofthe tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewallof an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRESS35-D-110201-C5EB9331-8635-4B71-B5C5-812F94ED321F

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (Example: Summer, All Seasonor Snow) and construction. ANISSAN dealer may be able to helpyou with information about tire type,size, speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.


. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresS35-D-110201-46ECD967-CB74-4693-95E3-7177E1F912AF

NISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall. Snow tires have better snow tractionthan All Season tires and may be more appro-priate in some areas.

Summer tiresS35-D-110201-A515578D-1814-444A-A9E9-89BC82BB1F27

NISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M&S on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresS35-D-110201-71AE78AE-072F-4EA0-8789-54B9B210A22B

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and may not

Black plate (327,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

match the potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction cap-abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsGUID-A4E89E8F-8195-4A57-BA99-CD357C8FF81B

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause exces-sive tire wear and may damage thetransmission, transfer case and dif-ferential gears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with tiresof the same size, brand, construction and treadpattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignmentshould also be checked and corrected asnecessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINSS35-D-110201-B43663A4-F981-4F85-8D61-36021FFAD0E3

CAUTION

NISSAN recommends using the follow-ing tire cables made by Peerless ChainCompany for this vehicle due to limitedtire clearance. Call 800-533-8056 toorder tire chains for your vehicle.

. 215/70R16 - Sno-trac1000 part num-ber 0103855 with chain tightenerpart number 2007020

. 225/60R17, 225/55R18 - Sno-trac1000 part number 0103855 withchain tightener part number2007190

Failure to use the correct tractiondevice will cause damage to the brakes,suspension or other vehicle parts.

The tire chain part numbers and Peerless ChainCompany phone number are correct at the timeof printing that is shown on the back cover ofthis Owner’s Manual. Always confirm the correctpart numbers with Peerless Chain Companybefore ordering.

Only use other types of traction devices if thetraction device manufacturer recommends it foruse on your specific vehicle and the tire andwheel installed on your vehicle.

Use of traction devices may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing traction devices. When instal-ling traction devices, make sure they are theproper size for the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the traction device man-ufacturer’s suggestions. When using tractiondevices, avoid fully loading your vehicle anddrive at reduced speeds. Failure to do so maycause damage to the brakes and suspensionand adversely affect handling and performance.

Traction devices must be installed only onthe front wheels and not on the rearwheels.

Do not drive with traction devices on pavedroads that are clear of snow. Driving withtraction devices in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.


Black plate (328,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


CAUTION

. Do not use traction devices on dryroads.

. Never install traction devices on a T-type spare tire as doing so coulddamage the brakes, suspension orother vehicle parts.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESS35-D-110201-D6074349-60FC-438B-BCE0-C84E9A3E862C

Tire rotationS35-D-110201-9D3D3FB2-8299-4665-A8E2-B8657B8A1F32

NISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “Flattire” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at all times.

It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the spare tire orany other small size spare tire inthe tire rotation.


Black plate (329,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

SDI1663

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damageS35-D-110201-2E6D7DC3-0C7F-4E12-A774-F3C188570BD7

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. Whenwear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, contact aNISSAN dealer.


Replacing wheels and tiresGUID-5F49021B-1D68-4060-A4C5-6D4AD42F0837

When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. (See “Specifications” inthe “9. Technical and consumer information”section for recommended types and sizes oftires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

. For 2WD models, if your vehicle wasoriginally equipped with 4 tires thatwere the same size and you are onlyreplacing 2 of the 4 tires, install thenew tires on the rear axle. Placingnew tires on the front axle maycause loss of vehicle control in


Black plate (330,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


some driving conditions and causean accident and personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and tires”in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manualfor wheel off-set dimensions.



. Do not install a damaged or de-formed wheel or tire even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

. The use of retread tire is not re-commended.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears (AWD models).

Wheel balanceS35-D-110201-8E10EC16-9CEC-43D7-A91E-D33EB97AE66C

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsS35-D-110201-0B8C9CF9-E364-45F1-8AD3-5412738974BF

See “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearanceand care” section for details about care of thewheels.

Spare tireS35-D-110201-E74B415C-3AFD-4581-B7A9-3FD301380EE5

When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARYUSE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will notfunction.

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,otherwise your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident.

Black plate (331,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

WARNING

. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire should be used for emergencyuse. It should be replaced with thestandard tire at the first opportunityto avoid possible tire or differentialdamage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

. Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep thepressure of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,4.2 bar). Always keep the pressureof the full size spare tire (if soequipped) at the recommendedpressure for standard tires, as in-dicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire should be used onthe rear wheels and original tireused on the front wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only onthe front (original) tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

. Do not tow a trailer while theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireis installed.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance is

reduced. To avoid damage to thevehicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also do not drive the vehiclethrough an automatic car washsince it may get caught.


Black plate (332,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (333,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ...................... 9-2Fuel recommendation ............................................................ 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .......................... 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .................................................. 9-6

Specifications ................................................................................ 9-7Engine ....................................................................................... 9-7Wheels and tires .................................................................... 9-7Dimensions and weights ...................................................... 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ............................................................................. 9-8Vehicle identification .................................................................... 9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ........................ 9-8Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ............. 9-9Engine serial number ............................................................. 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .......................... 9-9Emission control information label .................................. 9-10Tire and loading information label ................................... 9-10Air conditioner specification label ................................... 9-10

Installing front license plate .................................................... 9-11

Vehicle loading information .................................................... 9-12Terms .................................................................................... 9-12Vehicle load capacity ....................................................... 9-13Securing the load ............................................................. 9-14Loading tips ........................................................................ 9-15Measurement of weights ................................................. 9-15

Towing a trailer .......................................................................... 9-16Maximum load limits ......................................................... 9-16Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximumGross Axle Weight (GAW) ............................................ 9-18Towing load/specification ............................................... 9-20Towing safety ..................................................................... 9-20Flat towing .......................................................................... 9-24

Uniform tire quality grading .................................................... 9-25Treadwear ........................................................................... 9-25Traction AA, A, B and C ................................................. 9-25Temperature A, B and C ................................................. 9-25

Emission control system warranty ........................................ 9-26Reporting safety defects ........................................................ 9-26Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ............ 9-27Event Data Recorders (EDR) ................................................ 9-28Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information ........ 9-28

Black plate (334,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

9-2 Technical and consumer information

S35-D-110201-7D21A931-27C1-4A22-AAA3-BC246AE0D4F9

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 15-7/8 gal 13-1/4 gal 60 See “Fuel recommendation” later in this section.

Engine oil*1

Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6 . Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2. Viscosity SAE 5W-30Without oil filter change 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.3

Cooling system

With reservoir 7-3/4 qt 6-3/8 qt 7.3Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

Reservoir 3/4 qt 5/8 qt 0.75

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*3

Differential gear oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90*4

Transfer oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90

Brake fluidRefill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*6

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid 1-1/4 gal 1 gal 4.5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.*3: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle

limited warranty.

*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).*5: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

Black plate (335,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS35-D-110201-A221234C-A924-408C-86C4-B0AED0C6451C

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control system, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-way cat-alyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect theemission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be

identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.

Gasoline specificationsGUID-FB0FC0E7-207A-41F4-86F5-B3D4696C057C

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-fications where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed this spe-cification to improve emission control systemand vehicle performance. Ask your servicestation manager if the gasoline meets theWWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineGUID-7B630239-6E8B-4DD6-A634-A7A85BD8A7F4

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesGUID-ACAFD4CF-3803-48B3-AB06-1F34D57C0C20

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuelsof which the oxygenate content and the fuelcompatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily

determined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle and shouldnot be used. Damage caused by suchfuel is not covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanol

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Black plate (336,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


blends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in NISSANvehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experiencedafter using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelGUID-EE71EE16-16BA-4A52-BE94-A163860092C2

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuelethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 canonly be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S.government regulations require fuel ethanoldispensing pumps to be identified with small,square, orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

E-85 fuelGUID-2E4CD94E-1192-45B9-916B-3787F129BF0E

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesGUID-CEC1B382-6E18-485F-958A-F75011934C34

NISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer-cially. Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsGUID-A306B15B-DFEF-40B6-A7F5-D6B25890AAD6

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) Ifsevere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy spark knockeven when using gasoline of the statedoctane rating, or if you hear steady spark

knock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have a NISSAN dealer correctthe condition. Failure to correct the condi-tion is misuse of the vehicle, for whichNISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms areencountered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

Black plate (337,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

JVT0116X

1. API certification mark

2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

S35-D-110201-511B0564-AE50-4334-B6D3-9D8F4C034698

Selecting the correct oilGUID-8D4FD86D-A2DA-4341-81D4-4CF7B1865601

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance, see“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”earlier in this section. NISSAN recommends theuse of an energy conserving oil in order toimprove fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the APIcertification mark on the front of the container.Oils which do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesGUID-0A3C4262-C7F8-4C22-9C20-79A9670C31D8

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityGUID-E4195374-9D10-473F-BA7C-56E3D3B9F144

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterGUID-4C0A1D71-5F5E-490A-B551-48CAC8DBB8CE

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals”.

Change intervalsS35-D-110201-7567B092-EA86-43AA-AC44-4953DDF10C88

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using an engine oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or exceed-ing recommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended change


Black plate (338,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


interval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

. driving in dusty conditions

. extensive idling

. towing a trailer

. stop and go commuting

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

S35-D-110201-8DF95390-B1EC-4255-9F4F-34D8A19F0BCB

The air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will requirethe replacement of all air conditioner

system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. A NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing yourair conditioning system.

Black plate (339,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

GUID-8D91DA47-BD49-4680-9F48-4B76244A0ADA

ENGINES35-D-110201-F2DD8848-CCBE-4E88-B6DA-6C4908AB37E8

Model QR25DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm) 3.5 6 3.9 (89.0 6 100.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 151.82 (2,488)

Firing order 1-3-4-2

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard DILKAR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRESS35-D-110201-933AA0E8-B3B1-4A14-92D7-9E7B142878DE

Road wheelGUID-44AC539A-3F91-448E-A4D5-CA65C640823B

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Steel 16 6 6-1/2JJ

1.57 (40)Aluminum 16 6 6-1/2J

17 6 7J

18 6 7J

SpareConventional 1.57 (40)

16 6 4T 1.18 (30)

TireGUID-BB534AE7-3A12-455C-A852-BB5320A123EC

Type SizePressure PSI(kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P215/70R1699H

33 (230)P225/60R1798H

P225/55R1897V

33 (230)*138 (260)*2

Spare

T155/90D16 60 (420)

Conventional33 (230)

38 (260)*3

*1: 2WD models

*2: AWD models

*3: AWD models (P225/55R18 97V)


SPECIFICATIONS

Black plate (340,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSS35-D-110201-C0BD9505-CF16-45D9-ADC2-03F9DD3B48B2

Overall length in (mm) 183.3 (4,655)*1183.9 (4,670)*2

Overall width in (mm) 70.9 (1,800)

Overall height in (mm) 65.3 (1,658)66.3 (1,683)*3

Front tread in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)

Rear tread in (mm) 61.0 (1,550)

Wheelbase in (mm) 105.9 (2,690)

Gross VehicleWeight Rating(GVWR)

lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. orC.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel on the driver’sside center pillar.

Gross AxleWeight Rating(GAWR)

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1: Without front license plate bracket

*2: With front license plate bracket

*3: With roof rail

S35-D-110201-97696DB0-9FA1-454C-9A54-75CB658B4436

When planning to travel in another coun-try, you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

S35-D-110201-AF2DD131-9602-439B-9C4F-B002B286C468

STI0457

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

S35-D-110201-3F76E755-25B1-43D9-AFCF-FF5F50E32C88

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Black plate (341,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

STI0553

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

S35-D-110201-859767E6-F86B-4A5A-B7CB-B6320904327E

The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

Remove the cover to access the number.

SDI2121

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERS35-D-110201-CB8324CE-1974-419D-AC72-4A30E1369F8B

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABEL

S35-D-110201-12E3C8D7-CF92-4ECA-8F69-6F7ACEA8B044

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certificationlabel is affixed as shown. This label containsvaluable vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.


Black plate (342,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


STI0554

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-66B2F781-E0EB-479C-AB4A-981653668323

The emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

STI0494

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

S35-D-110201-A6628635-F2F6-406F-8A41-BB648265F3A3

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the pillar asillustrated.

STI0555

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

S35-D-110201-AD318A46-F994-493D-A23F-30C24E4DCD3D

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

Black plate (343,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

GUID-8C7B3EDE-5B46-4444-AAEA-39E13F6CC646

STI0599

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the plasticbag.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketby aligning the lower part*A of it with thelines*B on the bumper.

2. Mark the pilot hole points with a felt-tip penthrough the holes of the license platebracket.

3. Remove the license plate bracket.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39 in(10 mm) drill bit at the marked locations. (Besure that the drill only goes through thefascia, or damage to the nut mayoccur.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 908 turn onto the part*C .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket on


INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Black plate (344,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


the fascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

9. Install the license plate with bolts that are nolonger than 0.55 in (14 mm).

GUID-BB9A5124-3B7E-4C93-AAB5-7F52C2C592B1

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehi-cle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSGUID-D054302B-C9E3-4215-B3F5-DCA601494CB0

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing) - The maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo, andtrailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Black plate (345,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongueweight must be included as part of thecargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

. Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occu-pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYGUID-38380F31-0804-401A-AFE8-18E1DA7E686D

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occu-pants and cargo” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not exceed thenumber of occupants shown as “SeatingCapacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weight.Examples are shown in the followingillustration.

STI0445


Black plate (346,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Steps for determining correct load limitGUID-6705079D-CAFB-42C4-8404-44D73E33B351

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be transferredto your vehicle. Consult this manual todetermine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.(See “Measurement of weights” later in thissection.)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

SIC3504

SECURING THE LOADGUID-C5ADB899-0DC1-4071-8A50-14EE85DD830D

There are tie down hooks located in the cargoarea as shown. The tie down hooks can be usedto secure cargo with ropes or other types ofstraps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 22lb. (98 N) to a single hook*A or 7 lb. (31 N)

Black plate (347,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

to a single hook*B (if so equipped) whensecuring cargo.

WARNING


. The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killedin a collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

. Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximumfront and rear GAWRs. If you do,parts of your vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehicle han-dles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.

LOADING TIPSGUID-CCF58CFF-D49E-4D69-894F-4222D9AD3A99

. The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

. Overloading not only can short-en the life of your vehicle andthe tire, but can cause unsafevehicle handling and longerbraking distances. This maycause a premature tire failure,which could result in a seriousaccident and personal injury.Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by the vehicle’swarranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSGUID-C42BDC9B-1E48-4CC9-93DD-223E72FBF0D1

Secure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR). These ratings are givenon the vehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below the ratings.


Black plate (348,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GUID-6E94EE6F-56CB-48E7-B357-BC00A3528549

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

. Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavyload for the first 500 miles (800 km).Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

. For the first 500 miles (800 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not makestarts at full throttle. This helps theengine and other parts of yourvehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer places additionalloads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steer-ing, braking and other systems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is availableon the website at www.nissanusa.com. This

guide includes information on trailer towingcapability and the special equipment requiredfor proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSGUID-95037A34-60C5-433B-A9E7-A5C73E63EA40

Maximum trailer loadsGUID-FCEF4CF4-ACB1-4803-8234-31949C25EEFC

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the “Towing Load/Specifica-tion” chart. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

. When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) should not exceed the value specified inthe following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.

STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greaterthan these or using improper towing equipmentcould adversely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, butalso the places you plan to tow. Tow weightsappropriate for level highway driving may have tobe reduced on very steep grades or for lowtraction situations (for example, on slippery boatramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.For example, towing a heavy trailer in high

TOWING A TRAILER

Black plate (349,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

outside temperatures on graded roads canaffect engine performance and cause overheat-ing. The transmission high fluid temperatureprotection mode, which helps reduce thechance of transmission damage, could activateand automatically decrease engine power.Vehicle speed may decrease under high load.Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer andvehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. Thereduced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chanceof a collision. Be especially carefulwhen driving. If the vehicle cannotmaintain a safe driving speed, pull tothe side of the road in a safe area.Allow the engine to cool and return tonormal operation. See “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impro-per towing procedures are not coveredby NISSAN warranties.

STI0542

Tongue loadGUID-C04C8C9B-DDE9-4EED-8127-6EE524310929

When using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load between10 to 15% of the total trailer load within themaximum tongue load limits shown in thefollowing “Towing Load/Specification” chart. Ifthe tongue load becomes excessive, rearrangecargo to allow for proper tongue load.


Black plate (350,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLEWEIGHT (GAW)

GUID-6D781F5A-F0FA-449E-936D-90A62CF6E861

The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel. The GVW equals the combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear GAW mustnot exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming abase vehicle with driver and any options

required to achieve the rating. Additional pas-sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, suchas the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicleand reduce your vehicle’s maximum towingcapacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, FrontGAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measuredusing platform type scales commonly found attruck stops, highway weigh stations, buildingsupply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacity fortongue load, use the following procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all ofthe passengers and cargo that are normallyin the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGVWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum tongue load.

To determine the available towing capacity, usethe following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chart foundlater in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGCWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weighyour trailer on a scale with all equipment andcargo, that are normally in the trailer when it istowed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is notmore than the Gross Trailer Weight Ratingshown on the trailer and is not more than thecalculated available maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scaleto make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight are not more than FrontGross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weighton the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need tobe moved or removed to meet the specifiedratings.

Example:

. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg).

. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) fromF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -4,233 lb. (1,920 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification” chart -5,136 lb. (2,329 kg).

Black plate (351,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-ing Load/Specification” chart - 1,000 lb.(453 kg).

4,233 lb. (1,920 kg) GVWR

− 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg) GVW

= 100 lb. (45 kg)Available for tongue

weight

5,136 lb. (2,329 kg) GCWR

− 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg) GVW

= 1,003 lb. (455 kg)Capacity available for

towing

100 lb. (45 kg) / Available tongue weight

1,003 lb. (455 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be less thanthe maximum towing capacity due to thepassenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-tween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrange thecargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do notexceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specifica-tion even if the calculated available tongueweight is greater than 15%. If the calculatedtongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the available tongueweight.

Always verify that available capacities are withinthe required ratings.


Black plate (352,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATIONGUID-B033984C-63D9-4226-9FF9-57007EB506CD

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Unit: lb (kg)

Except for S grade (for US)SV premium grade (for Canada)

SL grade (for Canada)

S grade (for US)S grade (for Canada)SV grade (for Canada)

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 1,500 (680) 1,000 (453)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 150 (68)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING(GCWR)

5,636 (2,556) 5,136 (2,329)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes.

2: Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properlydesigned sway control device for your trailer.

TOWING SAFETYGUID-13068A2D-BD0C-46FD-BF4B-C8803F5A7767

Trailer hitchGUID-24230511-31D0-447D-B7C9-FF8558A7B458

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure thetrailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle tohelp avoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, rough roadsurfaces or passing trucks.

Hitch ballGUID-8AF788A7-F693-4EDE-9E1F-4BC7CB890262

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

. The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch balls alsohave the size printed on top of the ball.

. Choose the proper class hitch ball based onthe trailer weight.

. The diameter of the threaded shank of thehitch ball must be matched to the ball mounthole diameter. The hitch ball shank shouldbe no more than 1/16´´ smaller than the holein the ball mount.

. The threaded shank of the hitch ball must belong enough to be properly secured to theball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Black plate (353,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Sway control deviceGUID-CA43C3C2-6AFA-4A0F-945D-1C0EEDB8B5F8

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffetingcaused by other vehicles can affect trailerhandling. Sway control devices may be used tohelp control these affects. If you choose to useone, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier tomake sure the sway control device will work withthe vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brakesystem. Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using the swaycontrol device.

Class I hitchGUID-8755D6BA-3FF5-44C8-AAA8-87A25DC7A9B5

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (909 kg).

CAUTION

. The hitch should not be attached toor affect the operation of the im-pact-absorbing bumper.

. Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

. Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to installa trailer hitch.

. To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle is

struck from the rear, where practi-cal, remove the hitch and/or recei-ver when not in use. After the hitchis removed, seal the bolt holes toprevent exhaust fumes, water ordust from entering the passengercompartment.

. Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securelymounted.

Tire pressuresGUID-24AC9370-4921-4DCC-A994-22A3A4903D8D

. When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pressureindicated on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

. Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be inaccordance with the trailer and tire manu-facturers’ specifications.

Safety chainsGUID-C6AFFF2D-3488-4102-BC8F-7EB7C5A9DF69

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chains shouldbe crossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safetychains can be attached to the bumper if thehitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chains to permit

turning corners.

Trailer lightsGUID-A29FE40B-6D31-4369-84A4-A3AB91FE8E44

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially availablepower-type module/converter must beused to provide power for all trailerlighting. This unit uses the vehiclebattery as a direct power source for alltrailer lights while using the vehicle taillight, stoplight and turn signal circuitsas a signal source. The module/con-verter must draw no more than 15milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter thatexceeds these power requirements maydamage the vehicle’s electrical system.See a reputable trailer dealer to obtainthe proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. For assistance in hooking uptrailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer orreputable trailer dealer.


Black plate (354,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


Trailer brakesGUID-8900FB3E-5F3F-4B97-99B7-FF25587AD020

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tipsGUID-9340413B-CD96-4DA1-9954-2F5798FB03D4

. Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has anabnormal nose-up or nose-down condition;check for improper tongue load, overload,worn suspension or other possible causesof either condition.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center of gravitylow.

. Load the trailer so approximately 60% of thetrailer load is in the front half and 40% is inthe back half. Also make sure the load isbalanced side to side.

. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,and trailer wheel lug nuts every time youattach a trailer to the vehicle.

. Be certain your rearview mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.

. Determine the overall height of the vehicleand trailer so the required clearance isknown.

Trailer towing tipsGUID-74EA1701-DBB8-4BC7-AA72-370122A2DB72

In order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is freefrom traffic. Steering stability, and brakingperformance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inadver-tently becoming unlatched.

. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. Some states or provinces havespecific speed limits for vehicles that are

towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.

. When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you want thetrailer to go. Make small corrections andback up slowly. If possible, have someoneguide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector lever tothe P (Park) position before blockingthe wheels and applying the parkingbrake, transmission damage could oc-cur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the downhillside of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowlyrelease the brake pedal until the blocksabsorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

Black plate (355,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:


2. Start the engine.

3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer areclear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.

. When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When going up a long grade, downshift thetransmission to a lower gear and reducespeed to reduce chances of engine over-loading and/or overheating.

. If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

. Trailer towing requires more fuel than normalcircumstances.

. Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

. Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.

. When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

. Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affectvehicle handling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually)reduce vehicle speed. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle. Never increasespeed.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal toallow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditions allow.This combination will help stabilize thevehicle.. Do not correct trailer sway by steering or

applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently applythe brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in this section.

. Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

. Down shift the transmission to a lower gearfor engine braking when driving down steepor long hills. This will help slow the vehiclewithout applying the brakes.

. Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

. Increase your following distance to allow forgreater stopping distances while towing atrailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

. Do not use cruise control while towing atrailer.

. Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.


Black plate (356,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


. Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after50 miles (80 km) of travel and at everybreak.

. When stopped in traffic for long periods oftime in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P(Park) position.

. When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tail pipe orrear bumper.

. Make sure you disconnect the trailer lightsbefore backing the trailer into the water orthe trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWINGGUID-F394455A-C898-4202-848D-0A9978906EF4

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as amotor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any continuously vari-able transmission vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGEinternal transmission parts due tolack of transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground. Doing somay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “Towing recommended by

NISSAN”in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

GUID-F352AEB5-C025-400E-9D86-4285636C7FC3

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To tow a vehicle equipped with a ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT), an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dollymanufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

Black plate (357,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

GUID-2E89586F-1185-4678-8E25-B17ACB25CA9C

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARGUID-64C17F15-56C0-4908-8B5F-F468F2F4F522

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half

(1 1/2) times as well on the government courseas a tire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CGUID-FFF7629A-E8C2-4FBB-97B6-CB998B2902F5

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may have poor

traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CGUID-4F10E116-4E8F-4764-8F27-16B98FF51AB7

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.


UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Black plate (358,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GUID-245AA062-44BF-416A-97F4-D459EF2AC9AE

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN. If youdid not receive a Warranty Information Booklet,or it has become lost, you may obtain areplacement by writing to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W 4Z5

GUID-F1870D5E-CDB8-4A06-B98B-79F8686B10E3

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information about motorvehicle safety from

http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform Transport Canada in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may request that NISSANconduct a recall campaign. However,Transport Canada cannot become involvedin individual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’s De-fect Investigations and Recalls Division tollfree at 1-800-333-0510. You may alsoreport safety defects online at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerning motorvehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-port Canada’s Road Safety InformationCentre at 1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Black plate (359,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

(French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concernsplease contact our Consumer InformationCentre toll free at 1-800-387-0122

GUID-3B40933D-04EA-4271-9050-E3FEA1D4C2D0

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)should never be tested using a two wheeldynamometer (such as the dynamometers usedby some states for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may berequired to be in what is called the “readycondition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready condition”. Before takingthe I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds andthen blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test

condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condi-tion” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.


READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

Black plate (360,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]


GUID-D562961D-9AFE-4754-8C59-8C01CE2FEDDB

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR isto record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’s systems per-formed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no dataare recorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g. name,gender, age and crash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, could combine the EDR data with the type

of personally identifying data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,such as law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data willonly be accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

GUID-01ECFC68-80F1-4930-A150-93111F5483D4

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. This manual is the same one used by thefactory trained technicians working at NISSANdealerships. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Man-uals can also be purchased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

1-800-450-9491

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, please contact yournearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone numberand location of a NISSAN dealer in your area,call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa-tive will assist you.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Black plate (361,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ............................... 5-28Advanced air bag system ............................................ 1-45Aiming control, Headlights ........................................... 2-33Air bag system

Advanced air bag system ..................................... 1-45Front passenger air bag and status light .......... 1-46Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system ............................... 1-49Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system ................ 1-49

Air bag warning labels .................................................. 1-52Air bag warning light ......................................... 1-52, 2-13Air cleaner housing filter .............................................. 8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-24Air conditioner service ........................................... 4-29Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-10Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .......................... 4-29, 9-6

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system) .............................................................. 2-26Alcohol, drugs and driving ............................................. 5-7All-wheel drive (AWD) .................................................. 5-23All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ........................... 2-9Antenna ............................................................................. 4-68Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................... 5-28Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light .......... 2-9Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ......................................... 7-2Interior appearance care .......................................... 7-4

Around viewTM monitor ................................................. 4-13Audible reminders .......................................................... 2-15Audio operation precautions ....................................... 4-30Audio setup ....................................................................... 4-5

Audio system ................................................................... 4-30Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-67

Autolight system ............................................................. 2-31Automatic

Air conditioner .......................................................... 4-27Door locks .................................................................... 3-6

Average speed (MPH or km/h) .................................. 2-23Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................... 5-6

B

Back door (See lift gate) ............................................. 3-20Battery ............................................................................... 8-13

Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ................... 8-23Battery replacement, Keyfob ................................ 8-22Battery saver system .............................................. 2-33Keyfob battery replacement .................................. 8-22

Before starting the engine ........................................... 5-13Belts (See drive belts) .................................................. 8-15Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ................... 4-69Booster seats .................................................................. 1-36Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-28Brake fluid ................................................................. 8-11Brake system ............................................................ 5-27Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-19Warning light ............................................................ 2-10

Break-in schedule .......................................................... 5-21Brightness control

Display ON/OFF button ........................................... 4-5Instrument panel ......................................................... 2-7

Bulb check/instrument panel ........................................ 2-9Bulb replacement ........................................................... 8-25

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .......... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ................................................ 4-69Cargo cover ..................................................................... 2-41Cargo light ....................................................................... 2-51Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ...................... 5-3CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning ................. 4-66Ceiling light ...................................................................... 2-50Child restraints ................................................................ 1-22

Booster seats ........................................................... 1-36LATCH system ......................................................... 1-24Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-22

Child safety ...................................................................... 1-20Child safety rear door lock ............................................ 3-6Chimes, Audible reminders ......................................... 2-15Circuit breaker, Fusible link ......................................... 8-20Cleaning exterior and interior ............................... 7-2, 7-4Clock ......................................................... 2-23, 4-44, 4-52Clock (models with navigation system) ...................... 4-7Coat hooks ...................................................................... 2-43Cold weather driving ..................................................... 5-31Compact Disc (CD) player (Seeaudio system) .......................................... 4-46, 4-54, 4-61Console box .................................................................... 2-40Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ........................................................................ 8-11Control panel buttons — color screen withnavigation system ............................................................. 4-2Controls, Steering wheel audio controls .................. 4-67Coolant

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8

Corrosion protection ....................................................... 7-6

Black plate (362,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

10-2

Cover, Cargo cover ....................................................... 2-41Cruise control .................................................................. 5-19Cup holders ..................................................................... 2-38CVT, Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ...................................... 5-12, 5-14

D

Daytime running light system ...................................... 2-33Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .............................................................. 2-30Dimensions and weights ................................................ 9-8Drive belts ........................................................................ 8-15Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD) ........................................... 5-23Cold weather driving .............................................. 5-31Distance (miles or km) ........................................... 2-23Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ................................ 5-12, 5-14On-pavement and off-road driving ........................ 5-6Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-2Safety precautions ..................................................... 5-8

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................................. 5-21Elapsed time .................................................................... 2-23Electric power steering system .................................. 5-27Electric power steering warning light ....................... 2-10Emission control information label ............................. 9-10Emission control system warranty .............................. 9-26Engine

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-13Break-in schedule ................................................... 5-21Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8

Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-9Coolant temperature gauge .................................... 2-6Engine block heater ................................................ 5-32Engine compartment check locations ................... 8-6Engine cooling system .............................................. 8-7Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-9Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .............. 9-5Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9Engine specifications ................................................ 9-7If your vehicle overheats ........................................ 6-11Starting the engine ................................................. 5-13

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...................................... 9-28Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................... 5-2Exterior light indicator ................................................... 2-13

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .................... 9-9Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-16Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) .......... 6-2Flat tire ................................................................................ 6-2Flat towing ....................................................................... 9-24Floor mat cleaning ........................................................... 7-5Fluid

Brake fluid ................................................................. 8-11Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11Engine coolant ............................................................ 8-7Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-9Window washer fluid ............................................. 8-12

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player ....... 4-43FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player .......................................................... 4-51, 4-59Fog light switch .............................................................. 2-34Front manual seat adjustment ....................................... 1-3Front passenger air bag and status light ................. 1-46Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Front seat, Front seat adjustment ................................ 1-3Front-seat active head restraints ................................. 1-9Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Fuel economy ........................................................... 5-21Fuel octane rating ...................................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation ................................................ 9-3Fuel-filler cap ............................................................ 3-21Fuel-filler door .......................................................... 3-21Gauge ........................................................................... 2-6Loose fuel cap warning .............................. 2-18, 3-23

Fuses ................................................................................. 8-19Fusible links ..................................................................... 8-20

G

Gas cap ............................................................................ 3-21Gauge ................................................................................. 2-4

Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-6Fuel gauge ................................................................... 2-6Tachometer .................................................................. 2-5Trip computer ........................................................... 2-21

General maintenance ...................................................... 8-2Glove box ......................................................................... 2-40

H

Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth® .................. 4-69Hazard warning flasher switch ...................................... 6-2

Black plate (363,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Head restraints ................................................................. 1-6Headlights

Aiming control .......................................................... 2-33Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-26Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-32Xenon headlights ..................................................... 2-30

Heated seats ................................................................... 2-35Heater

Engine block heater ................................................ 5-32Heater and air conditioner operation ................. 4-24

Hood release ................................................................... 3-19Hook

Coat hooks ............................................................... 2-43Luggage hook .......................................................... 2-42Utility hook ................................................................ 2-43

Horn ................................................................................... 2-35How to use the back button ......................................... 4-5How to use the setup button ........................................ 4-5

I

Ignition switch ................................................................. 5-10Key positions ............................................................ 5-12

Immobilizer system ......................................................... 2-26Indicator lights ................................................................. 2-13Inside mirror ..................................................................... 3-24Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............................. 9-27Instrument brightness control ....................................... 2-7Instrument panel ............................................................... 2-3Intelligent Key system ................................................... 3-10

Key operating range ............................................... 3-12Key operation ........................................................... 3-13Remote keyless operation ..................................... 3-16Warning signals ....................................................... 3-14

Interior light replacement .............................................. 8-27Interior lights .................................................................... 2-49iPod® connecting ........................................................... 4-47

iPod® player operation ...................................... 4-57, 4-64ISOFIX child restraint .................................................... 1-24

J

Jump starting ..................................................................... 6-9

K

Keyless entry(See remote keyless entry system) ....................... 3-7With Intelligent Key system (See IntelligentKey system) .............................................................. 3-16

Keys ..................................................................................... 3-2For Intelligent Key system ..................................... 3-10

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels ........................................... 1-52Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-10Emission control information label ...................... 9-10Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .............. 9-9Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-32, 9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....................... 9-8

LATCH system ................................................................ 1-24License plate, Installing front license plate ............. 9-11Lift gate ............................................................................. 3-20Light

Air bag warning light .............................................. 1-52Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-25Cargo light ................................................................ 2-51Ceiling light ............................................................... 2-50Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-34Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-32Headlights bulb replacement ............................... 8-26

Indicator lights .......................................................... 2-13Interior lights ............................................................. 2-49Map lights ................................................................. 2-49Replacement ............................................................. 8-25Vanity mirror lights .................................................. 2-51Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders ....................................................... 2-9Xenon headlights ..................................................... 2-30

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ........ 8-27Loading information (See vehicleloading information) ....................................................... 9-12Lock

Automatic door locks ................................................ 3-6Door locks .................................................................... 3-4Lift gate lock ............................................................. 3-20Power door lock ......................................................... 3-4

Loose fuel cap warning .................................... 2-18, 3-23Low fuel warning light ................................................... 2-11Low tire pressure warning light .................................. 2-11Low tire pressure warning system(See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ....... 5-3Luggage floor box .......................................................... 2-41Luggage hooks ............................................................... 2-42Luggage side box .......................................................... 2-41

M

MaintenanceBattery ........................................................................ 8-13General maintenance ................................................ 8-2Indicators for maintenance ................................... 2-21Inside the vehicle ....................................................... 8-3Maintenance precautions ......................................... 8-5Maintenance requirements ....................................... 8-2Outside the vehicle .................................................... 8-2Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-19

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ................................. 2-14

10-3

Black plate (364,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

10-4

Manual air conditioner ................................................... 4-24Manual front seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Map lights ........................................................................ 2-49Master warning light ...................................................... 2-12Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .................... 3-4Meter, Trip computer ..................................................... 2-21Meters and gauges .......................................................... 2-4

Instrument brightness control ................................. 2-7Mirror

Inside mirror .............................................................. 3-24Outside mirrors ........................................................ 3-25

Mirror, Vanity mirror ....................................................... 3-26Monitor, Rearview monitor ............................................. 4-9Moonroof .......................................................................... 2-47

N

Navigation setup ............................................................... 4-6New vehicle break-in ..................................................... 5-21NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ........................ 2-26

O

Off-road recovery ............................................................. 5-6Oil

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-9Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-9Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5

Operation, Indicators for operation ........................... 2-18Outside air temperature ............................................... 2-17Outside mirrors ............................................................... 3-25Overdrive OFF switch ................................................... 5-17Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-11

Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ............................................................ 9-28

P

Panic alarm ............................................................. 3-8, 3-17Parking

Brake break-in .......................................................... 5-28Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-19Parking on hills ........................................................ 5-26

PhoneBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ............ 4-69Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-69

PowerElectric power steering system ........................... 5-27Front seat adjustment ............................................... 1-3Power door lock ......................................................... 3-4Power outlet ............................................................. 2-37Power windows ....................................................... 2-45

PrecautionsAudio operation ....................................................... 4-30Braking precautions ................................................ 5-27Child restraints ......................................................... 1-22Cruise control ........................................................... 5-19Driving safety ............................................................... 5-8Maintenance ................................................................ 8-5On-pavement and off-road driving ........................ 5-6Seat belt usage ....................................................... 1-10Supplemental restraint system ............................. 1-39When starting and driving ....................................... 5-2

Push starting ................................................................... 6-11

R

Radio ................................................................................. 4-30Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-69

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ............................................................... 4-43Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-67

Range (distance to empty) .......................................... 2-23Rapid air pressure loss ................................................... 5-7Readiness for inspection/maintenance(I/M) test ........................................................................... 9-27Rear center seat belt .................................................... 1-16Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock .............. 3-6Rear seats .......................................................................... 1-6Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .............................................................. 2-30Rear window wiper and washer switch ................... 2-29Rearview monitor .............................................................. 4-9Recorders, Event data .................................................. 9-28Registering your vehicle in another country .............. 9-8Remote keyless entry function, For IntelligentKey system ....................................................................... 3-16Remote keyless entry system ........................................ 3-7Reporting safety defects .............................................. 9-26Rollover ............................................................................... 5-6Roof

Moonroof ................................................................... 2-48Roof rack ................................................................... 2-44

S

SafetyChild seat belts ....................................................... 1-20Towing safety ............................................................ 9-20

Satellite radio operation ................................... 4-53, 4-60Seat adjustment

Folding front passenger’s seat ............................... 1-5Front manual seat adjustment ................................. 1-3Front power seat adjustment .................................. 1-3Front seats ................................................................... 1-3

Black plate (365,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

Seat belt(s)Child safety ............................................................... 1-20Infants ......................................................................... 1-21Injured persons ........................................................ 1-13Larger children ......................................................... 1-21Precautions on seat belt usage ........................... 1-10Pregnant women ..................................................... 1-13Rear center seat belt ............................................. 1-16Seat belt cleaning ...................................................... 7-6Seat belt extenders ................................................. 1-19Seat belt hooks ....................................................... 1-16Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-19Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-12Seat belts .................................................................. 1-10Seat belts with pretensioners .............................. 1-51Shoulder belt height adjustment ......................... 1-15Small children ........................................................... 1-21Three-point type ...................................................... 1-13

Seat(s)Heated seats ............................................................ 2-35Seats ............................................................................. 1-2

Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start .................................................... 2-26Security system, Vehicle security system ................ 2-25Selector lever, Shift lock release ............................... 5-18Servicing air conditioner ............................................... 4-29Settings ............................................................................. 2-23Shift lock release

Transmission ............................................................. 5-18SHIFT “P” warning ......................................................... 2-19Shifting

CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ................................ 5-12, 5-14

Shoulder belt height adjustment ................................ 1-15Sonar system .................................................................. 5-22Spare tire ................................................................. 8-40, 9-7Spark plugs ..................................................................... 8-15

Sport mode switch ........................................................ 5-16Starting

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-13Jump starting ............................................................... 6-9Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-2Push starting ............................................................ 6-11Starting the engine ................................................. 5-13

Status light, Front passenger air bag ....................... 1-46Steering

Electric power steering system ........................... 5-27Steering wheel switch for audio controls ......... 4-67Tilting steering wheel ............................................. 3-23

Storage ............................................................................. 2-38Sun visors ........................................................................ 3-24Sunglasses holder ......................................................... 2-39Supplemental air bag warning labels ........................ 1-52Supplemental air bag warning light ............... 1-52, 2-13Supplemental restraint system .................................... 1-39

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ........................................................ 1-39

SwitchAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch ................... 5-23Audio control steering wheel switch .................. 4-67Autolight switch ....................................................... 2-31Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-34Hazard warning flasher switch ................................ 6-2Headlight aiming control ....................................... 2-33Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-32Ignition switch .......................................................... 5-10Overdrive OFF switch ............................................ 5-17Power door lock switch ............................................ 3-5Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ....................................................... 2-30Sport mode switch ................................................. 5-16Turn signal switch ................................................... 2-34Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-36

System setup .................................................................... 4-6

T

Tachometer ........................................................................ 2-5Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ........................................................... 2-6Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ...................................................................... 2-26Three-way catalyst ........................................................... 5-3Tilting steering wheel .................................................... 3-23Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ....... 2-11Tires

Flat tire .......................................................................... 6-2Low tire pressure warning system ......................... 5-3Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-32, 9-10Tire chains ................................................................. 8-37Tire dressing ................................................................ 7-4Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-31Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .................................................. 5-3, 6-2Tire rotation ............................................................... 8-38Types of tires ............................................................ 8-36Uniform tire quality grading .................................. 9-25Wheel/tire size ............................................................ 9-7Wheels and tires ..................................................... 8-31

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) .............................. 2-41Touch screen ..................................................................... 4-3Towing

Flat towing ................................................................ 9-24Tow truck towing ..................................................... 6-12Towing safety ............................................................ 9-20Trailer towing ............................................................ 9-16

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system .................... 5-3TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ......................... 6-2Traffic setup ....................................................................... 4-8Trailer towing ................................................................... 9-16

10-5

Black plate (366,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

10-6

TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ................................ 5-12, 5-14Transmission selector lever lock release ........... 5-18

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ....... 3-7Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) ........................................ 3-16Traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ................................................................. 9-8Trip computer .................................................................. 2-21Turn signal switch .......................................................... 2-34

U

Underbody cleaning ........................................................ 7-3Uniform tire quality grading ......................................... 9-25USB memory operation .................................... 4-55, 4-63Utility hook ....................................................................... 2-43

V

Vanity mirror ..................................................................... 3-26Vanity mirror lights ......................................................... 2-51Vehicle

Dimensions and weights .......................................... 9-8Identification number (VIN) ...................................... 9-8Information display .................................................. 2-16Loading information ................................................ 9-12Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ..................... 6-14Security system ....................................................... 2-25Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-36Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ............. 5-29

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) warning light ......... 2-13Ventilators ......................................................................... 4-23

Voice command (Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System) ............................................................... 4-75

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch ................................ 6-2Lights ............................................................................. 2-9Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .................................................. 5-3, 6-2Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders ....................................................... 2-8

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .................... 1-52Warning light

Air bag warning light ................................... 1-52, 2-13All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ..................... 2-9Anti-lock braking system (ABS)warning light ................................................................ 2-9AWD warning light ................................................. 5-25Brake warning light ................................................. 2-10Electric power steering warning light ................ 2-10Low fuel warning light ............................................ 2-11Low tire pressure warning light ........................... 2-11Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-12

Warranty, Emission control system warranty .......... 9-26Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-29Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-28

Washing .............................................................................. 7-2Waxing ................................................................................ 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) .................... 9-8Wheel/tire size .................................................................. 9-7Wheels and tires ............................................................ 8-31

Care of wheels ........................................................... 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ............................ 7-3

Window washer fluid .................................................... 8-12

Window(s)Cleaning ....................................................................... 7-3Power windows ....................................................... 2-45

Windshield wiper and washer switch ....................... 2-28Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-29Rear window wiper blade ..................................... 8-18Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-28Wiper blades ............................................................ 8-17

X

Xenon headlights ............................................................ 2-30XM setup ............................................................................ 4-6

Black plate (367,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

MEMO

10-7

Black plate (369,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 5/ 18 Model: S35-D ]

11 Epilogue

S35-D-110201-D18CE73C-47CA-4965-9D6A-594E194C1200

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:S35-D-110201-8353293D-A4BD-46C0-9633-FAB1DBA2F0B6

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control systems, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect theemission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be

identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:S35-D-110201-942C3F30-2B84-4860-ADA6-9725D0B054EC

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark

. Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-cants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for engine oil and oil filterrecommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:S35-D-110201-F5A875D1-931B-459F-A004-D1F2497D37E7

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “Wheels and tires”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-C20D5137-E921-4C3D-8F6D-828773466D4B

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” in the “5.Starting and driving” section of this Owner’sManual. Follow these recommendations for thefuture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

2013 rogue owner’s manual

Automotive

gracenote logo

black plate

warning guid64a509d2

manual guid0adaa063

symbol similar

0838105e0ef8some vehicle

perchlorate material

logo type